Shortcuts

torch.nn

Parameters

class torch.nn.Parameter[source]

A kind of Tensor that is to be considered a module parameter.

Parameters are Tensor subclasses, that have a very special property when used with Module s - when they’re assigned as Module attributes they are automatically added to the list of its parameters, and will appear e.g. in parameters() iterator. Assigning a Tensor doesn’t have such effect. This is because one might want to cache some temporary state, like last hidden state of the RNN, in the model. If there was no such class as Parameter, these temporaries would get registered too.

Parameters

Containers

Module

class torch.nn.Module[source]

Base class for all neural network modules.

Your models should also subclass this class.

Modules can also contain other Modules, allowing to nest them in a tree structure. You can assign the submodules as regular attributes:

import torch.nn as nn
import torch.nn.functional as F

class Model(nn.Module):
    def __init__(self):
        super(Model, self).__init__()
        self.conv1 = nn.Conv2d(1, 20, 5)
        self.conv2 = nn.Conv2d(20, 20, 5)

    def forward(self, x):
        x = F.relu(self.conv1(x))
        return F.relu(self.conv2(x))

Submodules assigned in this way will be registered, and will have their parameters converted too when you call to(), etc.

add_module(name, module)[source]

Adds a child module to the current module.

The module can be accessed as an attribute using the given name.

Parameters
  • name (string) – name of the child module. The child module can be accessed from this module using the given name

  • module (Module) – child module to be added to the module.

apply(fn)[source]

Applies fn recursively to every submodule (as returned by .children()) as well as self. Typical use includes initializing the parameters of a model (see also torch.nn.init).

Parameters

fn (Module -> None) – function to be applied to each submodule

Returns

self

Return type

Module

Example:

>>> @torch.no_grad()
>>> def init_weights(m):
>>>     print(m)
>>>     if type(m) == nn.Linear:
>>>         m.weight.fill_(1.0)
>>>         print(m.weight)
>>> net = nn.Sequential(nn.Linear(2, 2), nn.Linear(2, 2))
>>> net.apply(init_weights)
Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 1.,  1.],
        [ 1.,  1.]])
Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 1.,  1.],
        [ 1.,  1.]])
Sequential(
  (0): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
  (1): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
)
Sequential(
  (0): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
  (1): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
)
bfloat16()[source]

Casts all floating point parameters and buffers to bfloat16 datatype.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

buffers(recurse=True)[source]

Returns an iterator over module buffers.

Parameters

recurse (bool) – if True, then yields buffers of this module and all submodules. Otherwise, yields only buffers that are direct members of this module.

Yields

torch.Tensor – module buffer

Example:

>>> for buf in model.buffers():
>>>     print(type(buf), buf.size())
<class 'torch.Tensor'> (20L,)
<class 'torch.Tensor'> (20L, 1L, 5L, 5L)
children()[source]

Returns an iterator over immediate children modules.

Yields

Module – a child module

cpu()[source]

Moves all model parameters and buffers to the CPU.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

cuda(device=None)[source]

Moves all model parameters and buffers to the GPU.

This also makes associated parameters and buffers different objects. So it should be called before constructing optimizer if the module will live on GPU while being optimized.

Parameters

device (int, optional) – if specified, all parameters will be copied to that device

Returns

self

Return type

Module

double()[source]

Casts all floating point parameters and buffers to double datatype.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

dump_patches = False

This allows better BC support for load_state_dict(). In state_dict(), the version number will be saved as in the attribute _metadata of the returned state dict, and thus pickled. _metadata is a dictionary with keys that follow the naming convention of state dict. See _load_from_state_dict on how to use this information in loading.

If new parameters/buffers are added/removed from a module, this number shall be bumped, and the module’s _load_from_state_dict method can compare the version number and do appropriate changes if the state dict is from before the change.

eval()[source]

Sets the module in evaluation mode.

This has any effect only on certain modules. See documentations of particular modules for details of their behaviors in training/evaluation mode, if they are affected, e.g. Dropout, BatchNorm, etc.

This is equivalent with self.train(False).

Returns

self

Return type

Module

extra_repr()[source]

Set the extra representation of the module

To print customized extra information, you should reimplement this method in your own modules. Both single-line and multi-line strings are acceptable.

float()[source]

Casts all floating point parameters and buffers to float datatype.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

forward(*input)[source]

Defines the computation performed at every call.

Should be overridden by all subclasses.

Note

Although the recipe for forward pass needs to be defined within this function, one should call the Module instance afterwards instead of this since the former takes care of running the registered hooks while the latter silently ignores them.

half()[source]

Casts all floating point parameters and buffers to half datatype.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

load_state_dict(state_dict, strict=True)[source]

Copies parameters and buffers from state_dict into this module and its descendants. If strict is True, then the keys of state_dict must exactly match the keys returned by this module’s state_dict() function.

Parameters
  • state_dict (dict) – a dict containing parameters and persistent buffers.

  • strict (bool, optional) – whether to strictly enforce that the keys in state_dict match the keys returned by this module’s state_dict() function. Default: True

Returns

  • missing_keys is a list of str containing the missing keys

  • unexpected_keys is a list of str containing the unexpected keys

Return type

NamedTuple with missing_keys and unexpected_keys fields

modules()[source]

Returns an iterator over all modules in the network.

Yields

Module – a module in the network

Note

Duplicate modules are returned only once. In the following example, l will be returned only once.

Example:

>>> l = nn.Linear(2, 2)
>>> net = nn.Sequential(l, l)
>>> for idx, m in enumerate(net.modules()):
        print(idx, '->', m)

0 -> Sequential(
  (0): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
  (1): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
)
1 -> Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
named_buffers(prefix='', recurse=True)[source]

Returns an iterator over module buffers, yielding both the name of the buffer as well as the buffer itself.

Parameters
  • prefix (str) – prefix to prepend to all buffer names.

  • recurse (bool) – if True, then yields buffers of this module and all submodules. Otherwise, yields only buffers that are direct members of this module.

Yields

(string, torch.Tensor) – Tuple containing the name and buffer

Example:

>>> for name, buf in self.named_buffers():
>>>    if name in ['running_var']:
>>>        print(buf.size())
named_children()[source]

Returns an iterator over immediate children modules, yielding both the name of the module as well as the module itself.

Yields

(string, Module) – Tuple containing a name and child module

Example:

>>> for name, module in model.named_children():
>>>     if name in ['conv4', 'conv5']:
>>>         print(module)
named_modules(memo=None, prefix='')[source]

Returns an iterator over all modules in the network, yielding both the name of the module as well as the module itself.

Yields

(string, Module) – Tuple of name and module

Note

Duplicate modules are returned only once. In the following example, l will be returned only once.

Example:

>>> l = nn.Linear(2, 2)
>>> net = nn.Sequential(l, l)
>>> for idx, m in enumerate(net.named_modules()):
        print(idx, '->', m)

0 -> ('', Sequential(
  (0): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
  (1): Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
))
1 -> ('0', Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True))
named_parameters(prefix='', recurse=True)[source]

Returns an iterator over module parameters, yielding both the name of the parameter as well as the parameter itself.

Parameters
  • prefix (str) – prefix to prepend to all parameter names.

  • recurse (bool) – if True, then yields parameters of this module and all submodules. Otherwise, yields only parameters that are direct members of this module.

Yields

(string, Parameter) – Tuple containing the name and parameter

Example:

>>> for name, param in self.named_parameters():
>>>    if name in ['bias']:
>>>        print(param.size())
parameters(recurse=True)[source]

Returns an iterator over module parameters.

This is typically passed to an optimizer.

Parameters

recurse (bool) – if True, then yields parameters of this module and all submodules. Otherwise, yields only parameters that are direct members of this module.

Yields

Parameter – module parameter

Example:

>>> for param in model.parameters():
>>>     print(type(param), param.size())
<class 'torch.Tensor'> (20L,)
<class 'torch.Tensor'> (20L, 1L, 5L, 5L)
register_backward_hook(hook)[source]

Registers a backward hook on the module.

The hook will be called every time the gradients with respect to module inputs are computed. The hook should have the following signature:

hook(module, grad_input, grad_output) -> Tensor or None

The grad_input and grad_output may be tuples if the module has multiple inputs or outputs. The hook should not modify its arguments, but it can optionally return a new gradient with respect to input that will be used in place of grad_input in subsequent computations.

Returns

a handle that can be used to remove the added hook by calling handle.remove()

Return type

torch.utils.hooks.RemovableHandle

Warning

The current implementation will not have the presented behavior for complex Module that perform many operations. In some failure cases, grad_input and grad_output will only contain the gradients for a subset of the inputs and outputs. For such Module, you should use torch.Tensor.register_hook() directly on a specific input or output to get the required gradients.

register_buffer(name, tensor)[source]

Adds a persistent buffer to the module.

This is typically used to register a buffer that should not to be considered a model parameter. For example, BatchNorm’s running_mean is not a parameter, but is part of the persistent state.

Buffers can be accessed as attributes using given names.

Parameters
  • name (string) – name of the buffer. The buffer can be accessed from this module using the given name

  • tensor (Tensor) – buffer to be registered.

Example:

>>> self.register_buffer('running_mean', torch.zeros(num_features))
register_forward_hook(hook)[source]

Registers a forward hook on the module.

The hook will be called every time after forward() has computed an output. It should have the following signature:

hook(module, input, output) -> None or modified output

The hook can modify the output. It can modify the input inplace but it will not have effect on forward since this is called after forward() is called.

Returns

a handle that can be used to remove the added hook by calling handle.remove()

Return type

torch.utils.hooks.RemovableHandle

register_forward_pre_hook(hook)[source]

Registers a forward pre-hook on the module.

The hook will be called every time before forward() is invoked. It should have the following signature:

hook(module, input) -> None or modified input

The hook can modify the input. User can either return a tuple or a single modified value in the hook. We will wrap the value into a tuple if a single value is returned(unless that value is already a tuple).

Returns

a handle that can be used to remove the added hook by calling handle.remove()

Return type

torch.utils.hooks.RemovableHandle

register_parameter(name, param)[source]

Adds a parameter to the module.

The parameter can be accessed as an attribute using given name.

Parameters
  • name (string) – name of the parameter. The parameter can be accessed from this module using the given name

  • param (Parameter) – parameter to be added to the module.

requires_grad_(requires_grad=True)[source]

Change if autograd should record operations on parameters in this module.

This method sets the parameters’ requires_grad attributes in-place.

This method is helpful for freezing part of the module for finetuning or training parts of a model individually (e.g., GAN training).

Parameters

requires_grad (bool) – whether autograd should record operations on parameters in this module. Default: True.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

state_dict(destination=None, prefix='', keep_vars=False)[source]

Returns a dictionary containing a whole state of the module.

Both parameters and persistent buffers (e.g. running averages) are included. Keys are corresponding parameter and buffer names.

Returns

a dictionary containing a whole state of the module

Return type

dict

Example:

>>> module.state_dict().keys()
['bias', 'weight']
to(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Moves and/or casts the parameters and buffers.

This can be called as

to(device=None, dtype=None, non_blocking=False)[source]
to(dtype, non_blocking=False)[source]
to(tensor, non_blocking=False)[source]
to(memory_format=torch.channels_last)[source]

Its signature is similar to torch.Tensor.to(), but only accepts floating point desired dtype s. In addition, this method will only cast the floating point parameters and buffers to dtype (if given). The integral parameters and buffers will be moved device, if that is given, but with dtypes unchanged. When non_blocking is set, it tries to convert/move asynchronously with respect to the host if possible, e.g., moving CPU Tensors with pinned memory to CUDA devices.

See below for examples.

Note

This method modifies the module in-place.

Parameters
  • device (torch.device) – the desired device of the parameters and buffers in this module

  • dtype (torch.dtype) – the desired floating point type of the floating point parameters and buffers in this module

  • tensor (torch.Tensor) – Tensor whose dtype and device are the desired dtype and device for all parameters and buffers in this module

  • memory_format (torch.memory_format) – the desired memory format for 4D parameters and buffers in this module (keyword only argument)

Returns

self

Return type

Module

Example:

>>> linear = nn.Linear(2, 2)
>>> linear.weight
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 0.1913, -0.3420],
        [-0.5113, -0.2325]])
>>> linear.to(torch.double)
Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
>>> linear.weight
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 0.1913, -0.3420],
        [-0.5113, -0.2325]], dtype=torch.float64)
>>> gpu1 = torch.device("cuda:1")
>>> linear.to(gpu1, dtype=torch.half, non_blocking=True)
Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
>>> linear.weight
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 0.1914, -0.3420],
        [-0.5112, -0.2324]], dtype=torch.float16, device='cuda:1')
>>> cpu = torch.device("cpu")
>>> linear.to(cpu)
Linear(in_features=2, out_features=2, bias=True)
>>> linear.weight
Parameter containing:
tensor([[ 0.1914, -0.3420],
        [-0.5112, -0.2324]], dtype=torch.float16)
train(mode=True)[source]

Sets the module in training mode.

This has any effect only on certain modules. See documentations of particular modules for details of their behaviors in training/evaluation mode, if they are affected, e.g. Dropout, BatchNorm, etc.

Parameters

mode (bool) – whether to set training mode (True) or evaluation mode (False). Default: True.

Returns

self

Return type

Module

type(dst_type)[source]

Casts all parameters and buffers to dst_type.

Parameters

dst_type (type or string) – the desired type

Returns

self

Return type

Module

zero_grad()[source]

Sets gradients of all model parameters to zero.

Sequential

class torch.nn.Sequential(*args)[source]

A sequential container. Modules will be added to it in the order they are passed in the constructor. Alternatively, an ordered dict of modules can also be passed in.

To make it easier to understand, here is a small example:

# Example of using Sequential
model = nn.Sequential(
          nn.Conv2d(1,20,5),
          nn.ReLU(),
          nn.Conv2d(20,64,5),
          nn.ReLU()
        )

# Example of using Sequential with OrderedDict
model = nn.Sequential(OrderedDict([
          ('conv1', nn.Conv2d(1,20,5)),
          ('relu1', nn.ReLU()),
          ('conv2', nn.Conv2d(20,64,5)),
          ('relu2', nn.ReLU())
        ]))

ModuleList

class torch.nn.ModuleList(modules=None)[source]

Holds submodules in a list.

ModuleList can be indexed like a regular Python list, but modules it contains are properly registered, and will be visible by all Module methods.

Parameters

modules (iterable, optional) – an iterable of modules to add

Example:

class MyModule(nn.Module):
    def __init__(self):
        super(MyModule, self).__init__()
        self.linears = nn.ModuleList([nn.Linear(10, 10) for i in range(10)])

    def forward(self, x):
        # ModuleList can act as an iterable, or be indexed using ints
        for i, l in enumerate(self.linears):
            x = self.linears[i // 2](x) + l(x)
        return x
append(module)[source]

Appends a given module to the end of the list.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module to append

extend(modules)[source]

Appends modules from a Python iterable to the end of the list.

Parameters

modules (iterable) – iterable of modules to append

insert(index, module)[source]

Insert a given module before a given index in the list.

Parameters
  • index (int) – index to insert.

  • module (nn.Module) – module to insert

ModuleDict

class torch.nn.ModuleDict(modules=None)[source]

Holds submodules in a dictionary.

ModuleDict can be indexed like a regular Python dictionary, but modules it contains are properly registered, and will be visible by all Module methods.

ModuleDict is an ordered dictionary that respects

Note that update() with other unordered mapping types (e.g., Python’s plain dict) does not preserve the order of the merged mapping.

Parameters

modules (iterable, optional) – a mapping (dictionary) of (string: module) or an iterable of key-value pairs of type (string, module)

Example:

class MyModule(nn.Module):
    def __init__(self):
        super(MyModule, self).__init__()
        self.choices = nn.ModuleDict({
                'conv': nn.Conv2d(10, 10, 3),
                'pool': nn.MaxPool2d(3)
        })
        self.activations = nn.ModuleDict([
                ['lrelu', nn.LeakyReLU()],
                ['prelu', nn.PReLU()]
        ])

    def forward(self, x, choice, act):
        x = self.choices[choice](x)
        x = self.activations[act](x)
        return x
clear()[source]

Remove all items from the ModuleDict.

items()[source]

Return an iterable of the ModuleDict key/value pairs.

keys()[source]

Return an iterable of the ModuleDict keys.

pop(key)[source]

Remove key from the ModuleDict and return its module.

Parameters

key (string) – key to pop from the ModuleDict

update(modules)[source]

Update the ModuleDict with the key-value pairs from a mapping or an iterable, overwriting existing keys.

Note

If modules is an OrderedDict, a ModuleDict, or an iterable of key-value pairs, the order of new elements in it is preserved.

Parameters

modules (iterable) – a mapping (dictionary) from string to Module, or an iterable of key-value pairs of type (string, Module)

values()[source]

Return an iterable of the ModuleDict values.

ParameterList

class torch.nn.ParameterList(parameters=None)[source]

Holds parameters in a list.

ParameterList can be indexed like a regular Python list, but parameters it contains are properly registered, and will be visible by all Module methods.

Parameters

parameters (iterable, optional) – an iterable of Parameter to add

Example:

class MyModule(nn.Module):
    def __init__(self):
        super(MyModule, self).__init__()
        self.params = nn.ParameterList([nn.Parameter(torch.randn(10, 10)) for i in range(10)])

    def forward(self, x):
        # ParameterList can act as an iterable, or be indexed using ints
        for i, p in enumerate(self.params):
            x = self.params[i // 2].mm(x) + p.mm(x)
        return x
append(parameter)[source]

Appends a given parameter at the end of the list.

Parameters

parameter (nn.Parameter) – parameter to append

extend(parameters)[source]

Appends parameters from a Python iterable to the end of the list.

Parameters

parameters (iterable) – iterable of parameters to append

ParameterDict

class torch.nn.ParameterDict(parameters=None)[source]

Holds parameters in a dictionary.

ParameterDict can be indexed like a regular Python dictionary, but parameters it contains are properly registered, and will be visible by all Module methods.

ParameterDict is an ordered dictionary that respects

Note that update() with other unordered mapping types (e.g., Python’s plain dict) does not preserve the order of the merged mapping.

Parameters

parameters (iterable, optional) – a mapping (dictionary) of (string : Parameter) or an iterable of key-value pairs of type (string, Parameter)

Example:

class MyModule(nn.Module):
    def __init__(self):
        super(MyModule, self).__init__()
        self.params = nn.ParameterDict({
                'left': nn.Parameter(torch.randn(5, 10)),
                'right': nn.Parameter(torch.randn(5, 10))
        })

    def forward(self, x, choice):
        x = self.params[choice].mm(x)
        return x
clear()[source]

Remove all items from the ParameterDict.

items()[source]

Return an iterable of the ParameterDict key/value pairs.

keys()[source]

Return an iterable of the ParameterDict keys.

pop(key)[source]

Remove key from the ParameterDict and return its parameter.

Parameters

key (string) – key to pop from the ParameterDict

update(parameters)[source]

Update the ParameterDict with the key-value pairs from a mapping or an iterable, overwriting existing keys.

Note

If parameters is an OrderedDict, a ParameterDict, or an iterable of key-value pairs, the order of new elements in it is preserved.

Parameters

parameters (iterable) – a mapping (dictionary) from string to Parameter, or an iterable of key-value pairs of type (string, Parameter)

values()[source]

Return an iterable of the ParameterDict values.

Convolution layers

Conv1d

class torch.nn.Conv1d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, dilation=1, groups=1, bias=True, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 1D convolution over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,Cin,L)(N, C_{\text{in}}, L) and output (N,Cout,Lout)(N, C_{\text{out}}, L_{\text{out}}) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Coutj)=bias(Coutj)+k=0Cin1weight(Coutj,k)input(Ni,k)\text{out}(N_i, C_{\text{out}_j}) = \text{bias}(C_{\text{out}_j}) + \sum_{k = 0}^{C_{in} - 1} \text{weight}(C_{\text{out}_j}, k) \star \text{input}(N_i, k)

where \star is the valid cross-correlation operator, NN is a batch size, CC denotes a number of channels, LL is a length of signal sequence.

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation, a single number or a one-element tuple.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for padding number of points.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters, of size out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor .

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

When groups == in_channels and out_channels == K * in_channels, where K is a positive integer, this operation is also termed in literature as depthwise convolution.

In other words, for an input of size (N,Cin,Lin)(N, C_{in}, L_{in}) , a depthwise convolution with a depthwise multiplier K, can be constructed by arguments (Cin=Cin,Cout=Cin×K,...,groups=Cin)(C_\text{in}=C_{in}, C_\text{out}=C_{in} \times K, ..., \text{groups}=C_{in}) .

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – Zero-padding added to both sides of the input. Default: 0

  • padding_mode (string, optional) – 'zeros', 'reflect', 'replicate' or 'circular'. Default: 'zeros'

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Lin)(N, C_{in}, L_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Lout)(N, C_{out}, L_{out}) where

    Lout=Lin+2×paddingdilation×(kernel_size1)1stride+1L_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{L_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding} - \text{dilation} \times (\text{kernel\_size} - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}} + 1\right\rfloor
Variables
  • ~Conv1d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (out_channels,in_channelsgroups,kernel_size)(\text{out\_channels}, \frac{\text{in\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, \text{kernel\_size}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCinkernel_sizek = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \text{kernel\_size}}

  • ~Conv1d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels). If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCinkernel_sizek = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \text{kernel\_size}}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Conv1d(16, 33, 3, stride=2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50)
>>> output = m(input)

Conv2d

class torch.nn.Conv2d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, dilation=1, groups=1, bias=True, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 2D convolution over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,Cin,H,W)(N, C_{\text{in}}, H, W) and output (N,Cout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{\text{out}}, H_{\text{out}}, W_{\text{out}}) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Coutj)=bias(Coutj)+k=0Cin1weight(Coutj,k)input(Ni,k)\text{out}(N_i, C_{\text{out}_j}) = \text{bias}(C_{\text{out}_j}) + \sum_{k = 0}^{C_{\text{in}} - 1} \text{weight}(C_{\text{out}_j}, k) \star \text{input}(N_i, k)

where \star is the valid 2D cross-correlation operator, NN is a batch size, CC denotes a number of channels, HH is a height of input planes in pixels, and WW is width in pixels.

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation, a single number or a tuple.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for padding number of points for each dimension.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters, of size: out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor .

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, dilation can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the height and width dimension

  • a tuple of two ints – in which case, the first int is used for the height dimension, and the second int for the width dimension

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

When groups == in_channels and out_channels == K * in_channels, where K is a positive integer, this operation is also termed in literature as depthwise convolution.

In other words, for an input of size (N,Cin,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in}) , a depthwise convolution with a depthwise multiplier K, can be constructed by arguments (in_channels=Cin,out_channels=Cin×K,...,groups=Cin)(in\_channels=C_{in}, out\_channels=C_{in} \times K, ..., groups=C_{in}) .

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – Zero-padding added to both sides of the input. Default: 0

  • padding_mode (string, optional) – 'zeros', 'reflect', 'replicate' or 'circular'. Default: 'zeros'

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Hout=Hin+2×padding[0]dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)1stride[0]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[0] - \text{dilation}[0] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[0] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2×padding[1]dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)1stride[1]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[1] - \text{dilation}[1] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[1] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor
Variables
  • ~Conv2d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (out_channels,in_channelsgroups,(\text{out\_channels}, \frac{\text{in\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, kernel_size[0],kernel_size[1])\text{kernel\_size[0]}, \text{kernel\_size[1]}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCini=01kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \prod_{i=0}^{1}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

  • ~Conv2d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels). If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCini=01kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \prod_{i=0}^{1}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

Examples:

>>> # With square kernels and equal stride
>>> m = nn.Conv2d(16, 33, 3, stride=2)
>>> # non-square kernels and unequal stride and with padding
>>> m = nn.Conv2d(16, 33, (3, 5), stride=(2, 1), padding=(4, 2))
>>> # non-square kernels and unequal stride and with padding and dilation
>>> m = nn.Conv2d(16, 33, (3, 5), stride=(2, 1), padding=(4, 2), dilation=(3, 1))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 100)
>>> output = m(input)

Conv3d

class torch.nn.Conv3d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, dilation=1, groups=1, bias=True, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 3D convolution over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,Cin,D,H,W)(N, C_{in}, D, H, W) and output (N,Cout,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{out}, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Coutj)=bias(Coutj)+k=0Cin1weight(Coutj,k)input(Ni,k)out(N_i, C_{out_j}) = bias(C_{out_j}) + \sum_{k = 0}^{C_{in} - 1} weight(C_{out_j}, k) \star input(N_i, k)

where \star is the valid 3D cross-correlation operator

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for padding number of points for each dimension.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters, of size out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor .

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, dilation can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the depth, height and width dimension

  • a tuple of three ints – in which case, the first int is used for the depth dimension, the second int for the height dimension and the third int for the width dimension

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

When groups == in_channels and out_channels == K * in_channels, where K is a positive integer, this operation is also termed in literature as depthwise convolution.

In other words, for an input of size (N,Cin,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in}) , a depthwise convolution with a depthwise multiplier K, can be constructed by arguments (in_channels=Cin,out_channels=Cin×K,...,groups=Cin)(in\_channels=C_{in}, out\_channels=C_{in} \times K, ..., groups=C_{in}) .

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – Zero-padding added to all three sides of the input. Default: 0

  • padding_mode (string, optional) – 'zeros', 'reflect', 'replicate' or 'circular'. Default: 'zeros'

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{out}, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Dout=Din+2×padding[0]dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)1stride[0]+1D_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{D_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[0] - \text{dilation}[0] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[0] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Hout=Hin+2×padding[1]dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)1stride[1]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[1] - \text{dilation}[1] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[1] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2×padding[2]dilation[2]×(kernel_size[2]1)1stride[2]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[2] - \text{dilation}[2] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[2] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[2]} + 1\right\rfloor
Variables
  • ~Conv3d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (out_channels,in_channelsgroups,(\text{out\_channels}, \frac{\text{in\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, kernel_size[0],kernel_size[1],kernel_size[2])\text{kernel\_size[0]}, \text{kernel\_size[1]}, \text{kernel\_size[2]}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCini=02kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \prod_{i=0}^{2}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

  • ~Conv3d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels). If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCini=02kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{in} * \prod_{i=0}^{2}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

Examples:

>>> # With square kernels and equal stride
>>> m = nn.Conv3d(16, 33, 3, stride=2)
>>> # non-square kernels and unequal stride and with padding
>>> m = nn.Conv3d(16, 33, (3, 5, 2), stride=(2, 1, 1), padding=(4, 2, 0))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 10, 50, 100)
>>> output = m(input)

ConvTranspose1d

class torch.nn.ConvTranspose1d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, output_padding=0, groups=1, bias=True, dilation=1, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 1D transposed convolution operator over an input image composed of several input planes.

This module can be seen as the gradient of Conv1d with respect to its input. It is also known as a fractionally-strided convolution or a deconvolution (although it is not an actual deconvolution operation).

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding number of points. See note below for details.

  • output_padding controls the additional size added to one side of the output shape. See note below for details.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters (of size out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor ).

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

The padding argument effectively adds dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding amount of zero padding to both sizes of the input. This is set so that when a Conv1d and a ConvTranspose1d are initialized with same parameters, they are inverses of each other in regard to the input and output shapes. However, when stride > 1, Conv1d maps multiple input shapes to the same output shape. output_padding is provided to resolve this ambiguity by effectively increasing the calculated output shape on one side. Note that output_padding is only used to find output shape, but does not actually add zero-padding to output.

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding zero-padding will be added to both sides of the input. Default: 0

  • output_padding (int or tuple, optional) – Additional size added to one side of the output shape. Default: 0

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Lin)(N, C_{in}, L_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Lout)(N, C_{out}, L_{out}) where

    Lout=(Lin1)×stride2×padding+dilation×(kernel_size1)+output_padding+1L_{out} = (L_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride} - 2 \times \text{padding} + \text{dilation} \times (\text{kernel\_size} - 1) + \text{output\_padding} + 1
Variables
  • ~ConvTranspose1d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (in_channels,out_channelsgroups,(\text{in\_channels}, \frac{\text{out\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, kernel_size)\text{kernel\_size}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCoutkernel_sizek = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \text{kernel\_size}}

  • ~ConvTranspose1d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels). If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCoutkernel_sizek = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \text{kernel\_size}}

ConvTranspose2d

class torch.nn.ConvTranspose2d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, output_padding=0, groups=1, bias=True, dilation=1, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 2D transposed convolution operator over an input image composed of several input planes.

This module can be seen as the gradient of Conv2d with respect to its input. It is also known as a fractionally-strided convolution or a deconvolution (although it is not an actual deconvolution operation).

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding number of points. See note below for details.

  • output_padding controls the additional size added to one side of the output shape. See note below for details.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters (of size out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor ).

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, output_padding can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the height and width dimensions

  • a tuple of two ints – in which case, the first int is used for the height dimension, and the second int for the width dimension

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

The padding argument effectively adds dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding amount of zero padding to both sizes of the input. This is set so that when a Conv2d and a ConvTranspose2d are initialized with same parameters, they are inverses of each other in regard to the input and output shapes. However, when stride > 1, Conv2d maps multiple input shapes to the same output shape. output_padding is provided to resolve this ambiguity by effectively increasing the calculated output shape on one side. Note that output_padding is only used to find output shape, but does not actually add zero-padding to output.

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding zero-padding will be added to both sides of each dimension in the input. Default: 0

  • output_padding (int or tuple, optional) – Additional size added to one side of each dimension in the output shape. Default: 0

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

Hout=(Hin1)×stride[0]2×padding[0]+dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)+output_padding[0]+1H_{out} = (H_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[0] - 2 \times \text{padding}[0] + \text{dilation}[0] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[0] - 1) + \text{output\_padding}[0] + 1
Wout=(Win1)×stride[1]2×padding[1]+dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)+output_padding[1]+1W_{out} = (W_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[1] - 2 \times \text{padding}[1] + \text{dilation}[1] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[1] - 1) + \text{output\_padding}[1] + 1
Variables
  • ~ConvTranspose2d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (in_channels,out_channelsgroups,(\text{in\_channels}, \frac{\text{out\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, kernel_size[0],kernel_size[1])\text{kernel\_size[0]}, \text{kernel\_size[1]}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCouti=01kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \prod_{i=0}^{1}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

  • ~ConvTranspose2d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels) If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCouti=01kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \prod_{i=0}^{1}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

Examples:

>>> # With square kernels and equal stride
>>> m = nn.ConvTranspose2d(16, 33, 3, stride=2)
>>> # non-square kernels and unequal stride and with padding
>>> m = nn.ConvTranspose2d(16, 33, (3, 5), stride=(2, 1), padding=(4, 2))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 100)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # exact output size can be also specified as an argument
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 16, 12, 12)
>>> downsample = nn.Conv2d(16, 16, 3, stride=2, padding=1)
>>> upsample = nn.ConvTranspose2d(16, 16, 3, stride=2, padding=1)
>>> h = downsample(input)
>>> h.size()
torch.Size([1, 16, 6, 6])
>>> output = upsample(h, output_size=input.size())
>>> output.size()
torch.Size([1, 16, 12, 12])

ConvTranspose3d

class torch.nn.ConvTranspose3d(in_channels, out_channels, kernel_size, stride=1, padding=0, output_padding=0, groups=1, bias=True, dilation=1, padding_mode='zeros')[source]

Applies a 3D transposed convolution operator over an input image composed of several input planes. The transposed convolution operator multiplies each input value element-wise by a learnable kernel, and sums over the outputs from all input feature planes.

This module can be seen as the gradient of Conv3d with respect to its input. It is also known as a fractionally-strided convolution or a deconvolution (although it is not an actual deconvolution operation).

  • stride controls the stride for the cross-correlation.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding number of points. See note below for details.

  • output_padding controls the additional size added to one side of the output shape. See note below for details.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

  • groups controls the connections between inputs and outputs. in_channels and out_channels must both be divisible by groups. For example,

    • At groups=1, all inputs are convolved to all outputs.

    • At groups=2, the operation becomes equivalent to having two conv layers side by side, each seeing half the input channels, and producing half the output channels, and both subsequently concatenated.

    • At groups= in_channels, each input channel is convolved with its own set of filters (of size out_channelsin_channels\left\lfloor\frac{out\_channels}{in\_channels}\right\rfloor ).

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, output_padding can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the depth, height and width dimensions

  • a tuple of three ints – in which case, the first int is used for the depth dimension, the second int for the height dimension and the third int for the width dimension

Note

Depending of the size of your kernel, several (of the last) columns of the input might be lost, because it is a valid cross-correlation, and not a full cross-correlation. It is up to the user to add proper padding.

Note

The padding argument effectively adds dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding amount of zero padding to both sizes of the input. This is set so that when a Conv3d and a ConvTranspose3d are initialized with same parameters, they are inverses of each other in regard to the input and output shapes. However, when stride > 1, Conv3d maps multiple input shapes to the same output shape. output_padding is provided to resolve this ambiguity by effectively increasing the calculated output shape on one side. Note that output_padding is only used to find output shape, but does not actually add zero-padding to output.

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

Parameters
  • in_channels (int) – Number of channels in the input image

  • out_channels (int) – Number of channels produced by the convolution

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the convolving kernel

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – Stride of the convolution. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – dilation * (kernel_size - 1) - padding zero-padding will be added to both sides of each dimension in the input. Default: 0

  • output_padding (int or tuple, optional) – Additional size added to one side of each dimension in the output shape. Default: 0

  • groups (int, optional) – Number of blocked connections from input channels to output channels. Default: 1

  • bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a learnable bias to the output. Default: True

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – Spacing between kernel elements. Default: 1

Shape:
  • Input: (N,Cin,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C_{in}, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,Cout,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C_{out}, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

Dout=(Din1)×stride[0]2×padding[0]+dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)+output_padding[0]+1D_{out} = (D_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[0] - 2 \times \text{padding}[0] + \text{dilation}[0] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[0] - 1) + \text{output\_padding}[0] + 1
Hout=(Hin1)×stride[1]2×padding[1]+dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)+output_padding[1]+1H_{out} = (H_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[1] - 2 \times \text{padding}[1] + \text{dilation}[1] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[1] - 1) + \text{output\_padding}[1] + 1
Wout=(Win1)×stride[2]2×padding[2]+dilation[2]×(kernel_size[2]1)+output_padding[2]+1W_{out} = (W_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[2] - 2 \times \text{padding}[2] + \text{dilation}[2] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[2] - 1) + \text{output\_padding}[2] + 1
Variables
  • ~ConvTranspose3d.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (in_channels,out_channelsgroups,(\text{in\_channels}, \frac{\text{out\_channels}}{\text{groups}}, kernel_size[0],kernel_size[1],kernel_size[2])\text{kernel\_size[0]}, \text{kernel\_size[1]}, \text{kernel\_size[2]}) . The values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCouti=02kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \prod_{i=0}^{2}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

  • ~ConvTranspose3d.bias (Tensor) – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_channels) If bias is True, then the values of these weights are sampled from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=groupsCouti=02kernel_size[i]k = \frac{groups}{C_\text{out} * \prod_{i=0}^{2}\text{kernel\_size}[i]}

Examples:

>>> # With square kernels and equal stride
>>> m = nn.ConvTranspose3d(16, 33, 3, stride=2)
>>> # non-square kernels and unequal stride and with padding
>>> m = nn.ConvTranspose3d(16, 33, (3, 5, 2), stride=(2, 1, 1), padding=(0, 4, 2))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 10, 50, 100)
>>> output = m(input)

Unfold

class torch.nn.Unfold(kernel_size, dilation=1, padding=0, stride=1)[source]

Extracts sliding local blocks from a batched input tensor.

Consider a batched input tensor of shape (N,C,)(N, C, *) , where NN is the batch dimension, CC is the channel dimension, and * represent arbitrary spatial dimensions. This operation flattens each sliding kernel_size-sized block within the spatial dimensions of input into a column (i.e., last dimension) of a 3-D output tensor of shape (N,C×(kernel_size),L)(N, C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}), L) , where C×(kernel_size)C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}) is the total number of values within each block (a block has (kernel_size)\prod(\text{kernel\_size}) spatial locations each containing a CC -channeled vector), and LL is the total number of such blocks:

L=dspatial_size[d]+2×padding[d]dilation[d]×(kernel_size[d]1)1stride[d]+1,L = \prod_d \left\lfloor\frac{\text{spatial\_size}[d] + 2 \times \text{padding}[d] % - \text{dilation}[d] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[d] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[d]} + 1\right\rfloor,

where spatial_size\text{spatial\_size} is formed by the spatial dimensions of input (* above), and dd is over all spatial dimensions.

Therefore, indexing output at the last dimension (column dimension) gives all values within a certain block.

The padding, stride and dilation arguments specify how the sliding blocks are retrieved.

  • stride controls the stride for the sliding blocks.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for padding number of points for each dimension before reshaping.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

Parameters
  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – the size of the sliding blocks

  • stride (int or tuple, optional) – the stride of the sliding blocks in the input spatial dimensions. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides of input. Default: 0

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – a parameter that controls the stride of elements within the neighborhood. Default: 1

  • If kernel_size, dilation, padding or stride is an int or a tuple of length 1, their values will be replicated across all spatial dimensions.

  • For the case of two input spatial dimensions this operation is sometimes called im2col.

Note

Fold calculates each combined value in the resulting large tensor by summing all values from all containing blocks. Unfold extracts the values in the local blocks by copying from the large tensor. So, if the blocks overlap, they are not inverses of each other.

In general, folding and unfolding operations are related as follows. Consider Fold and Unfold instances created with the same parameters:

>>> fold_params = dict(kernel_size=..., dilation=..., padding=..., stride=...)
>>> fold = nn.Fold(output_size=..., **fold_params)
>>> unfold = nn.Unfold(**fold_params)

Then for any (supported) input tensor the following equality holds:

fold(unfold(input)) == divisor * input

where divisor is a tensor that depends only on the shape and dtype of the input:

>>> input_ones = torch.ones(input.shape, dtype=input.dtype)
>>> divisor = fold(unfold(input_ones))

When the divisor tensor contains no zero elements, then fold and unfold operations are inverses of each other (up to constant divisor).

Warning

Currently, only 4-D input tensors (batched image-like tensors) are supported.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,)(N, C, *)

  • Output: (N,C×(kernel_size),L)(N, C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}), L) as described above

Examples:

>>> unfold = nn.Unfold(kernel_size=(2, 3))
>>> input = torch.randn(2, 5, 3, 4)
>>> output = unfold(input)
>>> # each patch contains 30 values (2x3=6 vectors, each of 5 channels)
>>> # 4 blocks (2x3 kernels) in total in the 3x4 input
>>> output.size()
torch.Size([2, 30, 4])

>>> # Convolution is equivalent with Unfold + Matrix Multiplication + Fold (or view to output shape)
>>> inp = torch.randn(1, 3, 10, 12)
>>> w = torch.randn(2, 3, 4, 5)
>>> inp_unf = torch.nn.functional.unfold(inp, (4, 5))
>>> out_unf = inp_unf.transpose(1, 2).matmul(w.view(w.size(0), -1).t()).transpose(1, 2)
>>> out = torch.nn.functional.fold(out_unf, (7, 8), (1, 1))
>>> # or equivalently (and avoiding a copy),
>>> # out = out_unf.view(1, 2, 7, 8)
>>> (torch.nn.functional.conv2d(inp, w) - out).abs().max()
tensor(1.9073e-06)

Fold

class torch.nn.Fold(output_size, kernel_size, dilation=1, padding=0, stride=1)[source]

Combines an array of sliding local blocks into a large containing tensor.

Consider a batched input tensor containing sliding local blocks, e.g., patches of images, of shape (N,C×(kernel_size),L)(N, C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}), L) , where NN is batch dimension, C×(kernel_size)C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}) is the number of values within a block (a block has (kernel_size)\prod(\text{kernel\_size}) spatial locations each containing a CC -channeled vector), and LL is the total number of blocks. (This is exactly the same specification as the output shape of Unfold.) This operation combines these local blocks into the large output tensor of shape (N,C,output_size[0],output_size[1],)(N, C, \text{output\_size}[0], \text{output\_size}[1], \dots) by summing the overlapping values. Similar to Unfold, the arguments must satisfy

L=doutput_size[d]+2×padding[d]dilation[d]×(kernel_size[d]1)1stride[d]+1,L = \prod_d \left\lfloor\frac{\text{output\_size}[d] + 2 \times \text{padding}[d] % - \text{dilation}[d] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[d] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[d]} + 1\right\rfloor,

where dd is over all spatial dimensions.

  • output_size describes the spatial shape of the large containing tensor of the sliding local blocks. It is useful to resolve the ambiguity when multiple input shapes map to same number of sliding blocks, e.g., with stride > 0.

The padding, stride and dilation arguments specify how the sliding blocks are retrieved.

  • stride controls the stride for the sliding blocks.

  • padding controls the amount of implicit zero-paddings on both sides for padding number of points for each dimension before reshaping.

  • dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points; also known as the à trous algorithm. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

Parameters
  • output_size (int or tuple) – the shape of the spatial dimensions of the output (i.e., output.sizes()[2:])

  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – the size of the sliding blocks

  • stride (int or tuple) – the stride of the sliding blocks in the input spatial dimensions. Default: 1

  • padding (int or tuple, optional) – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides of input. Default: 0

  • dilation (int or tuple, optional) – a parameter that controls the stride of elements within the neighborhood. Default: 1

  • If output_size, kernel_size, dilation, padding or stride is an int or a tuple of length 1 then their values will be replicated across all spatial dimensions.

  • For the case of two output spatial dimensions this operation is sometimes called col2im.

Note

Fold calculates each combined value in the resulting large tensor by summing all values from all containing blocks. Unfold extracts the values in the local blocks by copying from the large tensor. So, if the blocks overlap, they are not inverses of each other.

In general, folding and unfolding operations are related as follows. Consider Fold and Unfold instances created with the same parameters:

>>> fold_params = dict(kernel_size=..., dilation=..., padding=..., stride=...)
>>> fold = nn.Fold(output_size=..., **fold_params)
>>> unfold = nn.Unfold(**fold_params)

Then for any (supported) input tensor the following equality holds:

fold(unfold(input)) == divisor * input

where divisor is a tensor that depends only on the shape and dtype of the input:

>>> input_ones = torch.ones(input.shape, dtype=input.dtype)
>>> divisor = fold(unfold(input_ones))

When the divisor tensor contains no zero elements, then fold and unfold operations are inverses of each other (up to constant divisor).

Warning

Currently, only 4-D output tensors (batched image-like tensors) are supported.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C×(kernel_size),L)(N, C \times \prod(\text{kernel\_size}), L)

  • Output: (N,C,output_size[0],output_size[1],)(N, C, \text{output\_size}[0], \text{output\_size}[1], \dots) as described above

Examples:

>>> fold = nn.Fold(output_size=(4, 5), kernel_size=(2, 2))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 3 * 2 * 2, 12)
>>> output = fold(input)
>>> output.size()
torch.Size([1, 3, 4, 5])

Pooling layers

MaxPool1d

class torch.nn.MaxPool1d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, dilation=1, return_indices=False, ceil_mode=False)[source]

Applies a 1D max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,L)(N, C, L) and output (N,C,Lout)(N, C, L_{out}) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,k)=maxm=0,,kernel_size1input(Ni,Cj,stride×k+m)out(N_i, C_j, k) = \max_{m=0, \ldots, \text{kernel\_size} - 1} input(N_i, C_j, stride \times k + m)

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on both sides for padding number of points. dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window to take a max over

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides

  • dilation – a parameter that controls the stride of elements in the window

  • return_indices – if True, will return the max indices along with the outputs. Useful for torch.nn.MaxUnpool1d later

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Lin)(N, C, L_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Lout)(N, C, L_{out}) , where

    Lout=Lin+2×paddingdilation×(kernel_size1)1stride+1L_{out} = \left\lfloor \frac{L_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding} - \text{dilation} \times (\text{kernel\_size} - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.MaxPool1d(3, stride=2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50)
>>> output = m(input)

MaxPool2d

class torch.nn.MaxPool2d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, dilation=1, return_indices=False, ceil_mode=False)[source]

Applies a 2D max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) , output (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) and kernel_size (kH,kW)(kH, kW) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,h,w)=maxm=0,,kH1maxn=0,,kW1input(Ni,Cj,stride[0]×h+m,stride[1]×w+n)\begin{aligned} out(N_i, C_j, h, w) ={} & \max_{m=0, \ldots, kH-1} \max_{n=0, \ldots, kW-1} \\ & \text{input}(N_i, C_j, \text{stride[0]} \times h + m, \text{stride[1]} \times w + n) \end{aligned}

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on both sides for padding number of points. dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, dilation can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the height and width dimension

  • a tuple of two ints – in which case, the first int is used for the height dimension, and the second int for the width dimension

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window to take a max over

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides

  • dilation – a parameter that controls the stride of elements in the window

  • return_indices – if True, will return the max indices along with the outputs. Useful for torch.nn.MaxUnpool2d later

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Hout=Hin+2padding[0]dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)1stride[0]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 * \text{padding[0]} - \text{dilation[0]} \times (\text{kernel\_size[0]} - 1) - 1}{\text{stride[0]}} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2padding[1]dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)1stride[1]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 * \text{padding[1]} - \text{dilation[1]} \times (\text{kernel\_size[1]} - 1) - 1}{\text{stride[1]}} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.MaxPool2d(3, stride=2)
>>> # pool of non-square window
>>> m = nn.MaxPool2d((3, 2), stride=(2, 1))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

MaxPool3d

class torch.nn.MaxPool3d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, dilation=1, return_indices=False, ceil_mode=False)[source]

Applies a 3D max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W) , output (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) and kernel_size (kD,kH,kW)(kD, kH, kW) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,d,h,w)=maxk=0,,kD1maxm=0,,kH1maxn=0,,kW1input(Ni,Cj,stride[0]×d+k,stride[1]×h+m,stride[2]×w+n)\begin{aligned} \text{out}(N_i, C_j, d, h, w) ={} & \max_{k=0, \ldots, kD-1} \max_{m=0, \ldots, kH-1} \max_{n=0, \ldots, kW-1} \\ & \text{input}(N_i, C_j, \text{stride[0]} \times d + k, \text{stride[1]} \times h + m, \text{stride[2]} \times w + n) \end{aligned}

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on both sides for padding number of points. dilation controls the spacing between the kernel points. It is harder to describe, but this link has a nice visualization of what dilation does.

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding, dilation can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the depth, height and width dimension

  • a tuple of three ints – in which case, the first int is used for the depth dimension, the second int for the height dimension and the third int for the width dimension

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window to take a max over

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on all three sides

  • dilation – a parameter that controls the stride of elements in the window

  • return_indices – if True, will return the max indices along with the outputs. Useful for torch.nn.MaxUnpool3d later

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Dout=Din+2×padding[0]dilation[0]×(kernel_size[0]1)1stride[0]+1D_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{D_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[0] - \text{dilation}[0] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[0] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Hout=Hin+2×padding[1]dilation[1]×(kernel_size[1]1)1stride[1]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[1] - \text{dilation}[1] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[1] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2×padding[2]dilation[2]×(kernel_size[2]1)1stride[2]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[2] - \text{dilation}[2] \times (\text{kernel\_size}[2] - 1) - 1}{\text{stride}[2]} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.MaxPool3d(3, stride=2)
>>> # pool of non-square window
>>> m = nn.MaxPool3d((3, 2, 2), stride=(2, 1, 2))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50,44, 31)
>>> output = m(input)

MaxUnpool1d

class torch.nn.MaxUnpool1d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0)[source]

Computes a partial inverse of MaxPool1d.

MaxPool1d is not fully invertible, since the non-maximal values are lost.

MaxUnpool1d takes in as input the output of MaxPool1d including the indices of the maximal values and computes a partial inverse in which all non-maximal values are set to zero.

Note

MaxPool1d can map several input sizes to the same output sizes. Hence, the inversion process can get ambiguous. To accommodate this, you can provide the needed output size as an additional argument output_size in the forward call. See the Inputs and Example below.

Parameters
  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the max pooling window.

  • stride (int or tuple) – Stride of the max pooling window. It is set to kernel_size by default.

  • padding (int or tuple) – Padding that was added to the input

Inputs:
  • input: the input Tensor to invert

  • indices: the indices given out by MaxPool1d

  • output_size (optional): the targeted output size

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin)(N, C, H_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout)(N, C, H_{out}) , where

    Hout=(Hin1)×stride[0]2×padding[0]+kernel_size[0]H_{out} = (H_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride}[0] - 2 \times \text{padding}[0] + \text{kernel\_size}[0]

    or as given by output_size in the call operator

Example:

>>> pool = nn.MaxPool1d(2, stride=2, return_indices=True)
>>> unpool = nn.MaxUnpool1d(2, stride=2)
>>> input = torch.tensor([[[1., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8]]])
>>> output, indices = pool(input)
>>> unpool(output, indices)
tensor([[[ 0.,  2.,  0.,  4.,  0.,  6.,  0., 8.]]])

>>> # Example showcasing the use of output_size
>>> input = torch.tensor([[[1., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]]])
>>> output, indices = pool(input)
>>> unpool(output, indices, output_size=input.size())
tensor([[[ 0.,  2.,  0.,  4.,  0.,  6.,  0., 8.,  0.]]])

>>> unpool(output, indices)
tensor([[[ 0.,  2.,  0.,  4.,  0.,  6.,  0., 8.]]])

MaxUnpool2d

class torch.nn.MaxUnpool2d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0)[source]

Computes a partial inverse of MaxPool2d.

MaxPool2d is not fully invertible, since the non-maximal values are lost.

MaxUnpool2d takes in as input the output of MaxPool2d including the indices of the maximal values and computes a partial inverse in which all non-maximal values are set to zero.

Note

MaxPool2d can map several input sizes to the same output sizes. Hence, the inversion process can get ambiguous. To accommodate this, you can provide the needed output size as an additional argument output_size in the forward call. See the Inputs and Example below.

Parameters
  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the max pooling window.

  • stride (int or tuple) – Stride of the max pooling window. It is set to kernel_size by default.

  • padding (int or tuple) – Padding that was added to the input

Inputs:
  • input: the input Tensor to invert

  • indices: the indices given out by MaxPool2d

  • output_size (optional): the targeted output size

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Hout=(Hin1)×stride[0]2×padding[0]+kernel_size[0]H_{out} = (H_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride[0]} - 2 \times \text{padding[0]} + \text{kernel\_size[0]}
    Wout=(Win1)×stride[1]2×padding[1]+kernel_size[1]W_{out} = (W_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride[1]} - 2 \times \text{padding[1]} + \text{kernel\_size[1]}

    or as given by output_size in the call operator

Example:

>>> pool = nn.MaxPool2d(2, stride=2, return_indices=True)
>>> unpool = nn.MaxUnpool2d(2, stride=2)
>>> input = torch.tensor([[[[ 1.,  2,  3,  4],
                            [ 5,  6,  7,  8],
                            [ 9, 10, 11, 12],
                            [13, 14, 15, 16]]]])
>>> output, indices = pool(input)
>>> unpool(output, indices)
tensor([[[[  0.,   0.,   0.,   0.],
          [  0.,   6.,   0.,   8.],
          [  0.,   0.,   0.,   0.],
          [  0.,  14.,   0.,  16.]]]])

>>> # specify a different output size than input size
>>> unpool(output, indices, output_size=torch.Size([1, 1, 5, 5]))
tensor([[[[  0.,   0.,   0.,   0.,   0.],
          [  6.,   0.,   8.,   0.,   0.],
          [  0.,   0.,   0.,  14.,   0.],
          [ 16.,   0.,   0.,   0.,   0.],
          [  0.,   0.,   0.,   0.,   0.]]]])

MaxUnpool3d

class torch.nn.MaxUnpool3d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0)[source]

Computes a partial inverse of MaxPool3d.

MaxPool3d is not fully invertible, since the non-maximal values are lost. MaxUnpool3d takes in as input the output of MaxPool3d including the indices of the maximal values and computes a partial inverse in which all non-maximal values are set to zero.

Note

MaxPool3d can map several input sizes to the same output sizes. Hence, the inversion process can get ambiguous. To accommodate this, you can provide the needed output size as an additional argument output_size in the forward call. See the Inputs section below.

Parameters
  • kernel_size (int or tuple) – Size of the max pooling window.

  • stride (int or tuple) – Stride of the max pooling window. It is set to kernel_size by default.

  • padding (int or tuple) – Padding that was added to the input

Inputs:
  • input: the input Tensor to invert

  • indices: the indices given out by MaxPool3d

  • output_size (optional): the targeted output size

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Dout=(Din1)×stride[0]2×padding[0]+kernel_size[0]D_{out} = (D_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride[0]} - 2 \times \text{padding[0]} + \text{kernel\_size[0]}
    Hout=(Hin1)×stride[1]2×padding[1]+kernel_size[1]H_{out} = (H_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride[1]} - 2 \times \text{padding[1]} + \text{kernel\_size[1]}
    Wout=(Win1)×stride[2]2×padding[2]+kernel_size[2]W_{out} = (W_{in} - 1) \times \text{stride[2]} - 2 \times \text{padding[2]} + \text{kernel\_size[2]}

    or as given by output_size in the call operator

Example:

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> pool = nn.MaxPool3d(3, stride=2, return_indices=True)
>>> unpool = nn.MaxUnpool3d(3, stride=2)
>>> output, indices = pool(torch.randn(20, 16, 51, 33, 15))
>>> unpooled_output = unpool(output, indices)
>>> unpooled_output.size()
torch.Size([20, 16, 51, 33, 15])

AvgPool1d

class torch.nn.AvgPool1d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, ceil_mode=False, count_include_pad=True)[source]

Applies a 1D average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,L)(N, C, L) , output (N,C,Lout)(N, C, L_{out}) and kernel_size kk can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,l)=1km=0k1input(Ni,Cj,stride×l+m)\text{out}(N_i, C_j, l) = \frac{1}{k} \sum_{m=0}^{k-1} \text{input}(N_i, C_j, \text{stride} \times l + m)

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on both sides for padding number of points.

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding can each be an int or a one-element tuple.

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

  • count_include_pad – when True, will include the zero-padding in the averaging calculation

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Lin)(N, C, L_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Lout)(N, C, L_{out}) , where

    Lout=Lin+2×paddingkernel_sizestride+1L_{out} = \left\lfloor \frac{L_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding} - \text{kernel\_size}}{\text{stride}} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool with window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.AvgPool1d(3, stride=2)
>>> m(torch.tensor([[[1.,2,3,4,5,6,7]]]))
tensor([[[ 2.,  4.,  6.]]])

AvgPool2d

class torch.nn.AvgPool2d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, ceil_mode=False, count_include_pad=True, divisor_override=None)[source]

Applies a 2D average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) , output (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) and kernel_size (kH,kW)(kH, kW) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,h,w)=1kHkWm=0kH1n=0kW1input(Ni,Cj,stride[0]×h+m,stride[1]×w+n)out(N_i, C_j, h, w) = \frac{1}{kH * kW} \sum_{m=0}^{kH-1} \sum_{n=0}^{kW-1} input(N_i, C_j, stride[0] \times h + m, stride[1] \times w + n)

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on both sides for padding number of points.

The parameters kernel_size, stride, padding can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the height and width dimension

  • a tuple of two ints – in which case, the first int is used for the height dimension, and the second int for the width dimension

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on both sides

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

  • count_include_pad – when True, will include the zero-padding in the averaging calculation

  • divisor_override – if specified, it will be used as divisor, otherwise attr:kernel_size will be used

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Hout=Hin+2×padding[0]kernel_size[0]stride[0]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[0] - \text{kernel\_size}[0]}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2×padding[1]kernel_size[1]stride[1]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[1] - \text{kernel\_size}[1]}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.AvgPool2d(3, stride=2)
>>> # pool of non-square window
>>> m = nn.AvgPool2d((3, 2), stride=(2, 1))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

AvgPool3d

class torch.nn.AvgPool3d(kernel_size, stride=None, padding=0, ceil_mode=False, count_include_pad=True, divisor_override=None)[source]

Applies a 3D average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

In the simplest case, the output value of the layer with input size (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W) , output (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) and kernel_size (kD,kH,kW)(kD, kH, kW) can be precisely described as:

out(Ni,Cj,d,h,w)=k=0kD1m=0kH1n=0kW1input(Ni,Cj,stride[0]×d+k,stride[1]×h+m,stride[2]×w+n)kD×kH×kW\begin{aligned} \text{out}(N_i, C_j, d, h, w) ={} & \sum_{k=0}^{kD-1} \sum_{m=0}^{kH-1} \sum_{n=0}^{kW-1} \\ & \frac{\text{input}(N_i, C_j, \text{stride}[0] \times d + k, \text{stride}[1] \times h + m, \text{stride}[2] \times w + n)} {kD \times kH \times kW} \end{aligned}

If padding is non-zero, then the input is implicitly zero-padded on all three sides for padding number of points.

The parameters kernel_size, stride can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the depth, height and width dimension

  • a tuple of three ints – in which case, the first int is used for the depth dimension, the second int for the height dimension and the third int for the width dimension

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • padding – implicit zero padding to be added on all three sides

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

  • count_include_pad – when True, will include the zero-padding in the averaging calculation

  • divisor_override – if specified, it will be used as divisor, otherwise attr:kernel_size will be used

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Dout=Din+2×padding[0]kernel_size[0]stride[0]+1D_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{D_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[0] - \text{kernel\_size}[0]}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Hout=Hin+2×padding[1]kernel_size[1]stride[1]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[1] - \text{kernel\_size}[1]}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Win+2×padding[2]kernel_size[2]stride[2]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} + 2 \times \text{padding}[2] - \text{kernel\_size}[2]}{\text{stride}[2]} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.AvgPool3d(3, stride=2)
>>> # pool of non-square window
>>> m = nn.AvgPool3d((3, 2, 2), stride=(2, 1, 2))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50,44, 31)
>>> output = m(input)

FractionalMaxPool2d

class torch.nn.FractionalMaxPool2d(kernel_size, output_size=None, output_ratio=None, return_indices=False, _random_samples=None)[source]

Applies a 2D fractional max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

Fractional MaxPooling is described in detail in the paper Fractional MaxPooling by Ben Graham

The max-pooling operation is applied in kH×kWkH \times kW regions by a stochastic step size determined by the target output size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window to take a max over. Can be a single number k (for a square kernel of k x k) or a tuple (kh, kw)

  • output_size – the target output size of the image of the form oH x oW. Can be a tuple (oH, oW) or a single number oH for a square image oH x oH

  • output_ratio – If one wants to have an output size as a ratio of the input size, this option can be given. This has to be a number or tuple in the range (0, 1)

  • return_indices – if True, will return the indices along with the outputs. Useful to pass to nn.MaxUnpool2d(). Default: False

Examples

>>> # pool of square window of size=3, and target output size 13x12
>>> m = nn.FractionalMaxPool2d(3, output_size=(13, 12))
>>> # pool of square window and target output size being half of input image size
>>> m = nn.FractionalMaxPool2d(3, output_ratio=(0.5, 0.5))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

LPPool1d

class torch.nn.LPPool1d(norm_type, kernel_size, stride=None, ceil_mode=False)[source]

Applies a 1D power-average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

On each window, the function computed is:

f(X)=xXxppf(X) = \sqrt[p]{\sum_{x \in X} x^{p}}
  • At p = \infty , one gets Max Pooling

  • At p = 1, one gets Sum Pooling (which is proportional to Average Pooling)

Note

If the sum to the power of p is zero, the gradient of this function is not defined. This implementation will set the gradient to zero in this case.

Parameters
  • kernel_size – a single int, the size of the window

  • stride – a single int, the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Lin)(N, C, L_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Lout)(N, C, L_{out}) , where

    Lout=Linkernel_sizestride+1L_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{L_{in} - \text{kernel\_size}}{\text{stride}} + 1\right\rfloor
Examples::
>>> # power-2 pool of window of length 3, with stride 2.
>>> m = nn.LPPool1d(2, 3, stride=2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50)
>>> output = m(input)

LPPool2d

class torch.nn.LPPool2d(norm_type, kernel_size, stride=None, ceil_mode=False)[source]

Applies a 2D power-average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

On each window, the function computed is:

f(X)=xXxppf(X) = \sqrt[p]{\sum_{x \in X} x^{p}}
  • At p = \infty , one gets Max Pooling

  • At p = 1, one gets Sum Pooling (which is proportional to average pooling)

The parameters kernel_size, stride can either be:

  • a single int – in which case the same value is used for the height and width dimension

  • a tuple of two ints – in which case, the first int is used for the height dimension, and the second int for the width dimension

Note

If the sum to the power of p is zero, the gradient of this function is not defined. This implementation will set the gradient to zero in this case.

Parameters
  • kernel_size – the size of the window

  • stride – the stride of the window. Default value is kernel_size

  • ceil_mode – when True, will use ceil instead of floor to compute the output shape

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

    Hout=Hinkernel_size[0]stride[0]+1H_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{H_{in} - \text{kernel\_size}[0]}{\text{stride}[0]} + 1\right\rfloor
    Wout=Winkernel_size[1]stride[1]+1W_{out} = \left\lfloor\frac{W_{in} - \text{kernel\_size}[1]}{\text{stride}[1]} + 1\right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> # power-2 pool of square window of size=3, stride=2
>>> m = nn.LPPool2d(2, 3, stride=2)
>>> # pool of non-square window of power 1.2
>>> m = nn.LPPool2d(1.2, (3, 2), stride=(2, 1))
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 50, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveMaxPool1d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveMaxPool1d(output_size, return_indices=False)[source]

Applies a 1D adaptive max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output size is H, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters
  • output_size – the target output size H

  • return_indices – if True, will return the indices along with the outputs. Useful to pass to nn.MaxUnpool1d. Default: False

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool1d(5)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveMaxPool2d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveMaxPool2d(output_size, return_indices=False)[source]

Applies a 2D adaptive max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output is of size H x W, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters
  • output_size – the target output size of the image of the form H x W. Can be a tuple (H, W) or a single H for a square image H x H. H and W can be either a int, or None which means the size will be the same as that of the input.

  • return_indices – if True, will return the indices along with the outputs. Useful to pass to nn.MaxUnpool2d. Default: False

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5x7
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool2d((5,7))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8, 9)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x7 (square)
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool2d(7)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 10x7
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool2d((None, 7))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveMaxPool3d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveMaxPool3d(output_size, return_indices=False)[source]

Applies a 3D adaptive max pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output is of size D x H x W, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters
  • output_size – the target output size of the image of the form D x H x W. Can be a tuple (D, H, W) or a single D for a cube D x D x D. D, H and W can be either a int, or None which means the size will be the same as that of the input.

  • return_indices – if True, will return the indices along with the outputs. Useful to pass to nn.MaxUnpool3d. Default: False

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5x7x9
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool3d((5,7,9))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8, 9, 10)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x7x7 (cube)
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool3d(7)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9, 8)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x9x8
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool3d((7, None, None))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9, 8)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveAvgPool1d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveAvgPool1d(output_size)[source]

Applies a 1D adaptive average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output size is H, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters

output_size – the target output size H

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveAvgPool1d(5)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveAvgPool2d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveAvgPool2d(output_size)[source]

Applies a 2D adaptive average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output is of size H x W, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters

output_size – the target output size of the image of the form H x W. Can be a tuple (H, W) or a single H for a square image H x H. H and W can be either a int, or None which means the size will be the same as that of the input.

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5x7
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveAvgPool2d((5,7))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8, 9)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x7 (square)
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveAvgPool2d(7)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 10x7
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool2d((None, 7))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveAvgPool3d

class torch.nn.AdaptiveAvgPool3d(output_size)[source]

Applies a 3D adaptive average pooling over an input signal composed of several input planes.

The output is of size D x H x W, for any input size. The number of output features is equal to the number of input planes.

Parameters

output_size – the target output size of the form D x H x W. Can be a tuple (D, H, W) or a single number D for a cube D x D x D. D, H and W can be either a int, or None which means the size will be the same as that of the input.

Examples

>>> # target output size of 5x7x9
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveAvgPool3d((5,7,9))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 8, 9, 10)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x7x7 (cube)
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveAvgPool3d(7)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9, 8)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # target output size of 7x9x8
>>> m = nn.AdaptiveMaxPool3d((7, None, None))
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 64, 10, 9, 8)
>>> output = m(input)

Padding layers

ReflectionPad1d

class torch.nn.ReflectionPad1d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor using the reflection of the input boundary.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 2-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Win)(N, C, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Wout)(N, C, W_{out}) where

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReflectionPad1d(2)
>>> input = torch.arange(8, dtype=torch.float).reshape(1, 2, 4)
>>> input
tensor([[[0., 1., 2., 3.],
         [4., 5., 6., 7.]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[2., 1., 0., 1., 2., 3., 2., 1.],
         [6., 5., 4., 5., 6., 7., 6., 5.]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ReflectionPad1d((3, 1))
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[3., 2., 1., 0., 1., 2., 3., 2.],
         [7., 6., 5., 4., 5., 6., 7., 6.]]])

ReflectionPad2d

class torch.nn.ReflectionPad2d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor using the reflection of the input boundary.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 4-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReflectionPad2d(2)
>>> input = torch.arange(9, dtype=torch.float).reshape(1, 1, 3, 3)
>>> input
tensor([[[[0., 1., 2.],
          [3., 4., 5.],
          [6., 7., 8.]]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[8., 7., 6., 7., 8., 7., 6.],
          [5., 4., 3., 4., 5., 4., 3.],
          [2., 1., 0., 1., 2., 1., 0.],
          [5., 4., 3., 4., 5., 4., 3.],
          [8., 7., 6., 7., 8., 7., 6.],
          [5., 4., 3., 4., 5., 4., 3.],
          [2., 1., 0., 1., 2., 1., 0.]]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ReflectionPad2d((1, 1, 2, 0))
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[7., 6., 7., 8., 7.],
          [4., 3., 4., 5., 4.],
          [1., 0., 1., 2., 1.],
          [4., 3., 4., 5., 4.],
          [7., 6., 7., 8., 7.]]]])

ReplicationPad1d

class torch.nn.ReplicationPad1d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor using replication of the input boundary.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 2-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Win)(N, C, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Wout)(N, C, W_{out}) where

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad1d(2)
>>> input = torch.arange(8, dtype=torch.float).reshape(1, 2, 4)
>>> input
tensor([[[0., 1., 2., 3.],
         [4., 5., 6., 7.]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[0., 0., 0., 1., 2., 3., 3., 3.],
         [4., 4., 4., 5., 6., 7., 7., 7.]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad1d((3, 1))
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[0., 0., 0., 0., 1., 2., 3., 3.],
         [4., 4., 4., 4., 5., 6., 7., 7.]]])

ReplicationPad2d

class torch.nn.ReplicationPad2d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor using replication of the input boundary.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 4-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad2d(2)
>>> input = torch.arange(9, dtype=torch.float).reshape(1, 1, 3, 3)
>>> input
tensor([[[[0., 1., 2.],
          [3., 4., 5.],
          [6., 7., 8.]]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[0., 0., 0., 1., 2., 2., 2.],
          [0., 0., 0., 1., 2., 2., 2.],
          [0., 0., 0., 1., 2., 2., 2.],
          [3., 3., 3., 4., 5., 5., 5.],
          [6., 6., 6., 7., 8., 8., 8.],
          [6., 6., 6., 7., 8., 8., 8.],
          [6., 6., 6., 7., 8., 8., 8.]]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad2d((1, 1, 2, 0))
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[0., 0., 1., 2., 2.],
          [0., 0., 1., 2., 2.],
          [0., 0., 1., 2., 2.],
          [3., 3., 4., 5., 5.],
          [6., 6., 7., 8., 8.]]]])

ReplicationPad3d

class torch.nn.ReplicationPad3d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor using replication of the input boundary.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 6-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} , padding_front\text{padding\_front} , padding_back\text{padding\_back} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Dout=Din+padding_front+padding_backD_{out} = D_{in} + \text{padding\_front} + \text{padding\_back}

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad3d(3)
>>> input = torch.randn(16, 3, 8, 320, 480)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ReplicationPad3d((3, 3, 6, 6, 1, 1))
>>> output = m(input)

ZeroPad2d

class torch.nn.ZeroPad2d(padding)[source]

Pads the input tensor boundaries with zero.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 4-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ZeroPad2d(2)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 1, 3, 3)
>>> input
tensor([[[[-0.1678, -0.4418,  1.9466],
          [ 0.9604, -0.4219, -0.5241],
          [-0.9162, -0.5436, -0.6446]]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000, -0.1678, -0.4418,  1.9466,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.9604, -0.4219, -0.5241,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000, -0.9162, -0.5436, -0.6446,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000]]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ZeroPad2d((1, 1, 2, 0))
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000, -0.1678, -0.4418,  1.9466,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.9604, -0.4219, -0.5241,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000, -0.9162, -0.5436, -0.6446,  0.0000]]]])

ConstantPad1d

class torch.nn.ConstantPad1d(padding, value)[source]

Pads the input tensor boundaries with a constant value.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in both boundaries. If a 2-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Win)(N, C, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Wout)(N, C, W_{out}) where

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ConstantPad1d(2, 3.5)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 2, 4)
>>> input
tensor([[[-1.0491, -0.7152, -0.0749,  0.8530],
         [-1.3287,  1.8966,  0.1466, -0.2771]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[ 3.5000,  3.5000, -1.0491, -0.7152, -0.0749,  0.8530,  3.5000,
           3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000, -1.3287,  1.8966,  0.1466, -0.2771,  3.5000,
           3.5000]]])
>>> m = nn.ConstantPad1d(2, 3.5)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 2, 3)
>>> input
tensor([[[ 1.6616,  1.4523, -1.1255],
         [-3.6372,  0.1182, -1.8652]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[ 3.5000,  3.5000,  1.6616,  1.4523, -1.1255,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000, -3.6372,  0.1182, -1.8652,  3.5000,  3.5000]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ConstantPad1d((3, 1), 3.5)
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  1.6616,  1.4523, -1.1255,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000, -3.6372,  0.1182, -1.8652,  3.5000]]])

ConstantPad2d

class torch.nn.ConstantPad2d(padding, value)[source]

Pads the input tensor boundaries with a constant value.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 4-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ConstantPad2d(2, 3.5)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 2, 2)
>>> input
tensor([[[ 1.6585,  0.4320],
         [-0.8701, -0.4649]]])
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  1.6585,  0.4320,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000, -0.8701, -0.4649,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000]]])
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ConstantPad2d((3, 0, 2, 1), 3.5)
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  1.6585,  0.4320],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000, -0.8701, -0.4649],
         [ 3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000,  3.5000]]])

ConstantPad3d

class torch.nn.ConstantPad3d(padding, value)[source]

Pads the input tensor boundaries with a constant value.

For N-dimensional padding, use torch.nn.functional.pad().

Parameters

padding (int, tuple) – the size of the padding. If is int, uses the same padding in all boundaries. If a 6-tuple, uses (padding_left\text{padding\_left} , padding_right\text{padding\_right} , padding_top\text{padding\_top} , padding_bottom\text{padding\_bottom} , padding_front\text{padding\_front} , padding_back\text{padding\_back} )

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

    Dout=Din+padding_front+padding_backD_{out} = D_{in} + \text{padding\_front} + \text{padding\_back}

    Hout=Hin+padding_top+padding_bottomH_{out} = H_{in} + \text{padding\_top} + \text{padding\_bottom}

    Wout=Win+padding_left+padding_rightW_{out} = W_{in} + \text{padding\_left} + \text{padding\_right}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ConstantPad3d(3, 3.5)
>>> input = torch.randn(16, 3, 10, 20, 30)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> # using different paddings for different sides
>>> m = nn.ConstantPad3d((3, 3, 6, 6, 0, 1), 3.5)
>>> output = m(input)

Non-linear activations (weighted sum, nonlinearity)

ELU

class torch.nn.ELU(alpha=1.0, inplace=False)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

ELU(x)=max(0,x)+min(0,α(exp(x)1))\text{ELU}(x) = \max(0,x) + \min(0, \alpha * (\exp(x) - 1))
Parameters
  • alpha – the α\alpha value for the ELU formulation. Default: 1.0

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/ELU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ELU()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Hardshrink

class torch.nn.Hardshrink(lambd=0.5)[source]

Applies the hard shrinkage function element-wise:

HardShrink(x)={x, if x>λx, if x<λ0, otherwise \text{HardShrink}(x) = \begin{cases} x, & \text{ if } x > \lambda \\ x, & \text{ if } x < -\lambda \\ 0, & \text{ otherwise } \end{cases}
Parameters

lambd – the λ\lambda value for the Hardshrink formulation. Default: 0.5

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Hardshrink.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Hardshrink()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Hardtanh

class torch.nn.Hardtanh(min_val=-1.0, max_val=1.0, inplace=False, min_value=None, max_value=None)[source]

Applies the HardTanh function element-wise

HardTanh is defined as:

HardTanh(x)={1 if x>11 if x<1x otherwise \text{HardTanh}(x) = \begin{cases} 1 & \text{ if } x > 1 \\ -1 & \text{ if } x < -1 \\ x & \text{ otherwise } \\ \end{cases}

The range of the linear region [1,1][-1, 1] can be adjusted using min_val and max_val.

Parameters
  • min_val – minimum value of the linear region range. Default: -1

  • max_val – maximum value of the linear region range. Default: 1

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Keyword arguments min_value and max_value have been deprecated in favor of min_val and max_val.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Hardtanh.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Hardtanh(-2, 2)
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

LeakyReLU

class torch.nn.LeakyReLU(negative_slope=0.01, inplace=False)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

LeakyReLU(x)=max(0,x)+negative_slopemin(0,x)\text{LeakyReLU}(x) = \max(0, x) + \text{negative\_slope} * \min(0, x)

or

LeakyRELU(x)={x, if x0negative_slope×x, otherwise \text{LeakyRELU}(x) = \begin{cases} x, & \text{ if } x \geq 0 \\ \text{negative\_slope} \times x, & \text{ otherwise } \end{cases}
Parameters
  • negative_slope – Controls the angle of the negative slope. Default: 1e-2

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/LeakyReLU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.LeakyReLU(0.1)
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

LogSigmoid

class torch.nn.LogSigmoid[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

LogSigmoid(x)=log(11+exp(x))\text{LogSigmoid}(x) = \log\left(\frac{ 1 }{ 1 + \exp(-x)}\right)
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/LogSigmoid.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.LogSigmoid()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

MultiheadAttention

class torch.nn.MultiheadAttention(embed_dim, num_heads, dropout=0.0, bias=True, add_bias_kv=False, add_zero_attn=False, kdim=None, vdim=None)[source]

Allows the model to jointly attend to information from different representation subspaces. See reference: Attention Is All You Need

MultiHead(Q,K,V)=Concat(head1,,headh)WOwhereheadi=Attention(QWiQ,KWiK,VWiV)\text{MultiHead}(Q, K, V) = \text{Concat}(head_1,\dots,head_h)W^O \text{where} head_i = \text{Attention}(QW_i^Q, KW_i^K, VW_i^V)
Parameters
  • embed_dim – total dimension of the model.

  • num_heads – parallel attention heads.

  • dropout – a Dropout layer on attn_output_weights. Default: 0.0.

  • bias – add bias as module parameter. Default: True.

  • add_bias_kv – add bias to the key and value sequences at dim=0.

  • add_zero_attn – add a new batch of zeros to the key and value sequences at dim=1.

  • kdim – total number of features in key. Default: None.

  • vdim – total number of features in key. Default: None.

  • Note – if kdim and vdim are None, they will be set to embed_dim such that

  • key, and value have the same number of features. (query,) –

Examples:

>>> multihead_attn = nn.MultiheadAttention(embed_dim, num_heads)
>>> attn_output, attn_output_weights = multihead_attn(query, key, value)
forward(query, key, value, key_padding_mask=None, need_weights=True, attn_mask=None)[source]
Parameters
  • key, value (query,) – map a query and a set of key-value pairs to an output. See “Attention Is All You Need” for more details.

  • key_padding_mask – if provided, specified padding elements in the key will be ignored by the attention. This is an binary mask. When the value is True, the corresponding value on the attention layer will be filled with -inf.

  • need_weights – output attn_output_weights.

  • attn_mask – 2D or 3D mask that prevents attention to certain positions. This is an additive mask (i.e. the values will be added to the attention layer). A 2D mask will be broadcasted for all the batches while a 3D mask allows to specify a different mask for the entries of each batch.

Shape:
  • Inputs:

  • query: (L,N,E)(L, N, E) where L is the target sequence length, N is the batch size, E is the embedding dimension.

  • key: (S,N,E)(S, N, E) , where S is the source sequence length, N is the batch size, E is the embedding dimension.

  • value: (S,N,E)(S, N, E) where S is the source sequence length, N is the batch size, E is the embedding dimension.

  • key_padding_mask: (N,S)(N, S) , ByteTensor, where N is the batch size, S is the source sequence length.

  • attn_mask: 2D mask (L,S)(L, S) where L is the target sequence length, S is the source sequence length. 3D mask (Nnumheads,L,S)(N*num_heads, L, S) where N is the batch size, L is the target sequence length, S is the source sequence length.

  • Outputs:

  • attn_output: (L,N,E)(L, N, E) where L is the target sequence length, N is the batch size, E is the embedding dimension.

  • attn_output_weights: (N,L,S)(N, L, S) where N is the batch size, L is the target sequence length, S is the source sequence length.

PReLU

class torch.nn.PReLU(num_parameters=1, init=0.25)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

PReLU(x)=max(0,x)+amin(0,x)\text{PReLU}(x) = \max(0,x) + a * \min(0,x)

or

PReLU(x)={x, if x0ax, otherwise \text{PReLU}(x) = \begin{cases} x, & \text{ if } x \geq 0 \\ ax, & \text{ otherwise } \end{cases}

Here aa is a learnable parameter. When called without arguments, nn.PReLU() uses a single parameter aa across all input channels. If called with nn.PReLU(nChannels), a separate aa is used for each input channel.

Note

weight decay should not be used when learning aa for good performance.

Note

Channel dim is the 2nd dim of input. When input has dims < 2, then there is no channel dim and the number of channels = 1.

Parameters
  • num_parameters (int) – number of aa to learn. Although it takes an int as input, there is only two values are legitimate: 1, or the number of channels at input. Default: 1

  • init (float) – the initial value of aa . Default: 0.25

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

Variables

~PReLU.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of shape (num_parameters).

_images/PReLU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.PReLU()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

ReLU

class torch.nn.ReLU(inplace=False)[source]

Applies the rectified linear unit function element-wise:

ReLU(x)=(x)+=max(0,x)\text{ReLU}(x) = (x)^+ = \max(0, x)

Parameters

inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/ReLU.png

Examples:

  >>> m = nn.ReLU()
  >>> input = torch.randn(2)
  >>> output = m(input)


An implementation of CReLU - https://arxiv.org/abs/1603.05201

  >>> m = nn.ReLU()
  >>> input = torch.randn(2).unsqueeze(0)
  >>> output = torch.cat((m(input),m(-input)))

ReLU6

class torch.nn.ReLU6(inplace=False)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

ReLU6(x)=min(max(0,x),6)\text{ReLU6}(x) = \min(\max(0,x), 6)
Parameters

inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/ReLU6.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.ReLU6()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

RReLU

class torch.nn.RReLU(lower=0.125, upper=0.3333333333333333, inplace=False)[source]

Applies the randomized leaky rectified liner unit function, element-wise, as described in the paper:

Empirical Evaluation of Rectified Activations in Convolutional Network.

The function is defined as:

RReLU(x)={xif x0ax otherwise \text{RReLU}(x) = \begin{cases} x & \text{if } x \geq 0 \\ ax & \text{ otherwise } \end{cases}

where aa is randomly sampled from uniform distribution U(lower,upper)\mathcal{U}(\text{lower}, \text{upper}) .

Parameters
  • lower – lower bound of the uniform distribution. Default: 18\frac{1}{8}

  • upper – upper bound of the uniform distribution. Default: 13\frac{1}{3}

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

Examples:

>>> m = nn.RReLU(0.1, 0.3)
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

SELU

class torch.nn.SELU(inplace=False)[source]

Applied element-wise, as:

SELU(x)=scale(max(0,x)+min(0,α(exp(x)1)))\text{SELU}(x) = \text{scale} * (\max(0,x) + \min(0, \alpha * (\exp(x) - 1)))

with α=1.6732632423543772848170429916717\alpha = 1.6732632423543772848170429916717 and scale=1.0507009873554804934193349852946\text{scale} = 1.0507009873554804934193349852946 .

More details can be found in the paper Self-Normalizing Neural Networks .

Parameters

inplace (bool, optional) – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/SELU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.SELU()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

CELU

class torch.nn.CELU(alpha=1.0, inplace=False)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

CELU(x)=max(0,x)+min(0,α(exp(x/α)1))\text{CELU}(x) = \max(0,x) + \min(0, \alpha * (\exp(x/\alpha) - 1))

More details can be found in the paper Continuously Differentiable Exponential Linear Units .

Parameters
  • alpha – the α\alpha value for the CELU formulation. Default: 1.0

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/CELU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.CELU()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

GELU

class torch.nn.GELU[source]

Applies the Gaussian Error Linear Units function:

GELU(x)=xΦ(x)\text{GELU}(x) = x * \Phi(x)

where Φ(x)\Phi(x) is the Cumulative Distribution Function for Gaussian Distribution.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/GELU.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.GELU()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Sigmoid

class torch.nn.Sigmoid[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

Sigmoid(x)=σ(x)=11+exp(x)\text{Sigmoid}(x) = \sigma(x) = \frac{1}{1 + \exp(-x)}
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Sigmoid.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Sigmoid()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Softplus

class torch.nn.Softplus(beta=1, threshold=20)[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

Softplus(x)=1βlog(1+exp(βx))\text{Softplus}(x) = \frac{1}{\beta} * \log(1 + \exp(\beta * x))

SoftPlus is a smooth approximation to the ReLU function and can be used to constrain the output of a machine to always be positive.

For numerical stability the implementation reverts to the linear function when input×β>thresholdinput \times \beta > threshold .

Parameters
  • beta – the β\beta value for the Softplus formulation. Default: 1

  • threshold – values above this revert to a linear function. Default: 20

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Softplus.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softplus()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Softshrink

class torch.nn.Softshrink(lambd=0.5)[source]

Applies the soft shrinkage function elementwise:

SoftShrinkage(x)={xλ, if x>λx+λ, if x<λ0, otherwise \text{SoftShrinkage}(x) = \begin{cases} x - \lambda, & \text{ if } x > \lambda \\ x + \lambda, & \text{ if } x < -\lambda \\ 0, & \text{ otherwise } \end{cases}
Parameters

lambd – the λ\lambda (must be no less than zero) value for the Softshrink formulation. Default: 0.5

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Softshrink.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softshrink()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Softsign

class torch.nn.Softsign[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

SoftSign(x)=x1+x\text{SoftSign}(x) = \frac{x}{ 1 + |x|}
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Softsign.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softsign()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Tanh

class torch.nn.Tanh[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

Tanh(x)=tanh(x)=exp(x)exp(x)exp(x)+exp(x)\text{Tanh}(x) = \tanh(x) = \frac{\exp(x) - \exp(-x)} {\exp(x) + \exp(-x)}
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Tanh.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Tanh()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Tanhshrink

class torch.nn.Tanhshrink[source]

Applies the element-wise function:

Tanhshrink(x)=xtanh(x)\text{Tanhshrink}(x) = x - \tanh(x)
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

_images/Tanhshrink.png

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Tanhshrink()
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Threshold

class torch.nn.Threshold(threshold, value, inplace=False)[source]

Thresholds each element of the input Tensor.

Threshold is defined as:

y={x, if x>thresholdvalue, otherwise y = \begin{cases} x, &\text{ if } x > \text{threshold} \\ \text{value}, &\text{ otherwise } \end{cases}
Parameters
  • threshold – The value to threshold at

  • value – The value to replace with

  • inplace – can optionally do the operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Threshold(0.1, 20)
>>> input = torch.randn(2)
>>> output = m(input)

Non-linear activations (other)

Softmin

class torch.nn.Softmin(dim=None)[source]

Applies the Softmin function to an n-dimensional input Tensor rescaling them so that the elements of the n-dimensional output Tensor lie in the range [0, 1] and sum to 1.

Softmin is defined as:

Softmin(xi)=exp(xi)jexp(xj)\text{Softmin}(x_{i}) = \frac{\exp(-x_i)}{\sum_j \exp(-x_j)}
Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: ()(*) , same shape as the input

Parameters

dim (int) – A dimension along which Softmin will be computed (so every slice along dim will sum to 1).

Returns

a Tensor of the same dimension and shape as the input, with values in the range [0, 1]

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softmin()
>>> input = torch.randn(2, 3)
>>> output = m(input)

Softmax

class torch.nn.Softmax(dim=None)[source]

Applies the Softmax function to an n-dimensional input Tensor rescaling them so that the elements of the n-dimensional output Tensor lie in the range [0,1] and sum to 1.

Softmax is defined as:

Softmax(xi)=exp(xi)jexp(xj)\text{Softmax}(x_{i}) = \frac{\exp(x_i)}{\sum_j \exp(x_j)}
Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: ()(*) , same shape as the input

Returns

a Tensor of the same dimension and shape as the input with values in the range [0, 1]

Parameters

dim (int) – A dimension along which Softmax will be computed (so every slice along dim will sum to 1).

Note

This module doesn’t work directly with NLLLoss, which expects the Log to be computed between the Softmax and itself. Use LogSoftmax instead (it’s faster and has better numerical properties).

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softmax(dim=1)
>>> input = torch.randn(2, 3)
>>> output = m(input)

Softmax2d

class torch.nn.Softmax2d[source]

Applies SoftMax over features to each spatial location.

When given an image of Channels x Height x Width, it will apply Softmax to each location (Channels,hi,wj)(Channels, h_i, w_j)

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) (same shape as input)

Returns

a Tensor of the same dimension and shape as the input with values in the range [0, 1]

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Softmax2d()
>>> # you softmax over the 2nd dimension
>>> input = torch.randn(2, 3, 12, 13)
>>> output = m(input)

LogSoftmax

class torch.nn.LogSoftmax(dim=None)[source]

Applies the log(Softmax(x))\log(\text{Softmax}(x)) function to an n-dimensional input Tensor. The LogSoftmax formulation can be simplified as:

LogSoftmax(xi)=log(exp(xi)jexp(xj))\text{LogSoftmax}(x_{i}) = \log\left(\frac{\exp(x_i) }{ \sum_j \exp(x_j)} \right)
Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Output: ()(*) , same shape as the input

Parameters

dim (int) – A dimension along which LogSoftmax will be computed.

Returns

a Tensor of the same dimension and shape as the input with values in the range [-inf, 0)

Examples:

>>> m = nn.LogSoftmax()
>>> input = torch.randn(2, 3)
>>> output = m(input)

AdaptiveLogSoftmaxWithLoss

class torch.nn.AdaptiveLogSoftmaxWithLoss(in_features, n_classes, cutoffs, div_value=4.0, head_bias=False)[source]

Efficient softmax approximation as described in Efficient softmax approximation for GPUs by Edouard Grave, Armand Joulin, Moustapha Cissé, David Grangier, and Hervé Jégou.

Adaptive softmax is an approximate strategy for training models with large output spaces. It is most effective when the label distribution is highly imbalanced, for example in natural language modelling, where the word frequency distribution approximately follows the Zipf’s law.

Adaptive softmax partitions the labels into several clusters, according to their frequency. These clusters may contain different number of targets each. Additionally, clusters containing less frequent labels assign lower dimensional embeddings to those labels, which speeds up the computation. For each minibatch, only clusters for which at least one target is present are evaluated.

The idea is that the clusters which are accessed frequently (like the first one, containing most frequent labels), should also be cheap to compute – that is, contain a small number of assigned labels.

We highly recommend taking a look at the original paper for more details.

  • cutoffs should be an ordered Sequence of integers sorted in the increasing order. It controls number of clusters and the partitioning of targets into clusters. For example setting cutoffs = [10, 100, 1000] means that first 10 targets will be assigned to the ‘head’ of the adaptive softmax, targets 11, 12, …, 100 will be assigned to the first cluster, and targets 101, 102, …, 1000 will be assigned to the second cluster, while targets 1001, 1002, …, n_classes - 1 will be assigned to the last, third cluster.

  • div_value is used to compute the size of each additional cluster, which is given as in_featuresdiv_valueidx\left\lfloor\frac{\texttt{in\_features}}{\texttt{div\_value}^{idx}}\right\rfloor , where idxidx is the cluster index (with clusters for less frequent words having larger indices, and indices starting from 11 ).

  • head_bias if set to True, adds a bias term to the ‘head’ of the adaptive softmax. See paper for details. Set to False in the official implementation.

Warning

Labels passed as inputs to this module should be sorted according to their frequency. This means that the most frequent label should be represented by the index 0, and the least frequent label should be represented by the index n_classes - 1.

Note

This module returns a NamedTuple with output and loss fields. See further documentation for details.

Note

To compute log-probabilities for all classes, the log_prob method can be used.

Parameters
  • in_features (int) – Number of features in the input tensor

  • n_classes (int) – Number of classes in the dataset

  • cutoffs (Sequence) – Cutoffs used to assign targets to their buckets

  • div_value (float, optional) – value used as an exponent to compute sizes of the clusters. Default: 4.0

  • head_bias (bool, optional) – If True, adds a bias term to the ‘head’ of the adaptive softmax. Default: False

Returns

  • output is a Tensor of size N containing computed target log probabilities for each example

  • loss is a Scalar representing the computed negative log likelihood loss

Return type

NamedTuple with output and loss fields

Shape:
  • input: (N,in_features)(N, \texttt{in\_features})

  • target: (N)(N) where each value satisfies 0<=target[i]<=n_classes0 <= \texttt{target[i]} <= \texttt{n\_classes}

  • output1: (N)(N)

  • output2: Scalar

log_prob(input)[source]

Computes log probabilities for all n_classes\texttt{n\_classes}

Parameters

input (Tensor) – a minibatch of examples

Returns

log-probabilities of for each class cc in range 0<=c<=n_classes0 <= c <= \texttt{n\_classes} , where n_classes\texttt{n\_classes} is a parameter passed to AdaptiveLogSoftmaxWithLoss constructor.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,in_features)(N, \texttt{in\_features})

  • Output: (N,n_classes)(N, \texttt{n\_classes})

predict(input)[source]

This is equivalent to self.log_pob(input).argmax(dim=1), but is more efficient in some cases.

Parameters

input (Tensor) – a minibatch of examples

Returns

a class with the highest probability for each example

Return type

output (Tensor)

Shape:
  • Input: (N,in_features)(N, \texttt{in\_features})

  • Output: (N)(N)

Normalization layers

BatchNorm1d

class torch.nn.BatchNorm1d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=True, track_running_stats=True)[source]

Applies Batch Normalization over a 2D or 3D input (a mini-batch of 1D inputs with optional additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Batch Normalization: Accelerating Deep Network Training by Reducing Internal Covariate Shift .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{\sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension over the mini-batches and γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size). By default, the elements of γ\gamma are set to 1 and the elements of β\beta are set to 0.

Also by default, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

If track_running_stats is set to False, this layer then does not keep running estimates, and batch statistics are instead used during evaluation time as well.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momentum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momentum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Because the Batch Normalization is done over the C dimension, computing statistics on (N, L) slices, it’s common terminology to call this Temporal Batch Normalization.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,L)(N, C, L) or LL from input of size (N,L)(N, L)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Can be set to None for cumulative moving average (i.e. simple average). Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters. Default: True

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C)(N, C) or (N,C,L)(N, C, L)

  • Output: (N,C)(N, C) or (N,C,L)(N, C, L) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm1d(100)
>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm1d(100, affine=False)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100)
>>> output = m(input)

BatchNorm2d

class torch.nn.BatchNorm2d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=True, track_running_stats=True)[source]

Applies Batch Normalization over a 4D input (a mini-batch of 2D inputs with additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Batch Normalization: Accelerating Deep Network Training by Reducing Internal Covariate Shift .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension over the mini-batches and γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size). By default, the elements of γ\gamma are set to 1 and the elements of β\beta are set to 0.

Also by default, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

If track_running_stats is set to False, this layer then does not keep running estimates, and batch statistics are instead used during evaluation time as well.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momentum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momentum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Because the Batch Normalization is done over the C dimension, computing statistics on (N, H, W) slices, it’s common terminology to call this Spatial Batch Normalization.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Can be set to None for cumulative moving average (i.e. simple average). Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters. Default: True

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm2d(100)
>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm2d(100, affine=False)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 35, 45)
>>> output = m(input)

BatchNorm3d

class torch.nn.BatchNorm3d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=True, track_running_stats=True)[source]

Applies Batch Normalization over a 5D input (a mini-batch of 3D inputs with additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Batch Normalization: Accelerating Deep Network Training by Reducing Internal Covariate Shift .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension over the mini-batches and γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size). By default, the elements of γ\gamma are set to 1 and the elements of β\beta are set to 0.

Also by default, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

If track_running_stats is set to False, this layer then does not keep running estimates, and batch statistics are instead used during evaluation time as well.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momentum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momentum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Because the Batch Normalization is done over the C dimension, computing statistics on (N, D, H, W) slices, it’s common terminology to call this Volumetric Batch Normalization or Spatio-temporal Batch Normalization.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Can be set to None for cumulative moving average (i.e. simple average). Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters. Default: True

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm3d(100)
>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm3d(100, affine=False)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 35, 45, 10)
>>> output = m(input)

GroupNorm

class torch.nn.GroupNorm(num_groups, num_channels, eps=1e-05, affine=True)[source]

Applies Group Normalization over a mini-batch of inputs as described in the paper Group Normalization .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The input channels are separated into num_groups groups, each containing num_channels / num_groups channels. The mean and standard-deviation are calculated separately over the each group. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable per-channel affine transform parameter vectors of size num_channels if affine is True.

This layer uses statistics computed from input data in both training and evaluation modes.

Parameters
  • num_groups (int) – number of groups to separate the channels into

  • num_channels (int) – number of channels expected in input

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable per-channel affine parameters initialized to ones (for weights) and zeros (for biases). Default: True.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,)(N, C, *) where C=num_channelsC=\text{num\_channels}

  • Output: (N,C,)(N, C, *) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> input = torch.randn(20, 6, 10, 10)
>>> # Separate 6 channels into 3 groups
>>> m = nn.GroupNorm(3, 6)
>>> # Separate 6 channels into 6 groups (equivalent with InstanceNorm)
>>> m = nn.GroupNorm(6, 6)
>>> # Put all 6 channels into a single group (equivalent with LayerNorm)
>>> m = nn.GroupNorm(1, 6)
>>> # Activating the module
>>> output = m(input)

SyncBatchNorm

class torch.nn.SyncBatchNorm(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=True, track_running_stats=True, process_group=None)[source]

Applies Batch Normalization over a N-Dimensional input (a mini-batch of [N-2]D inputs with additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Batch Normalization: Accelerating Deep Network Training by Reducing Internal Covariate Shift .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension over all mini-batches of the same process groups. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size). By default, the elements of γ\gamma are sampled from U(0,1)\mathcal{U}(0, 1) and the elements of β\beta are set to 0.

Also by default, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

If track_running_stats is set to False, this layer then does not keep running estimates, and batch statistics are instead used during evaluation time as well.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momemtum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momemtum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Because the Batch Normalization is done over the C dimension, computing statistics on (N, +) slices, it’s common terminology to call this Volumetric Batch Normalization or Spatio-temporal Batch Normalization.

Currently SyncBatchNorm only supports DistributedDataParallel with single GPU per process. Use torch.nn.SyncBatchNorm.convert_sync_batchnorm() to convert BatchNorm layer to SyncBatchNorm before wrapping Network with DDP.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,+)(N, C, +)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Can be set to None for cumulative moving average (i.e. simple average). Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters. Default: True

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: True

  • process_group – synchronization of stats happen within each process group individually. Default behavior is synchronization across the whole world

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,+)(N, C, +)

  • Output: (N,C,+)(N, C, +) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.SyncBatchNorm(100)
>>> # creating process group (optional)
>>> # process_ids is a list of int identifying rank ids.
>>> process_group = torch.distributed.new_group(process_ids)
>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.BatchNorm3d(100, affine=False, process_group=process_group)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 35, 45, 10)
>>> output = m(input)

>>> # network is nn.BatchNorm layer
>>> sync_bn_network = nn.SyncBatchNorm.convert_sync_batchnorm(network, process_group)
>>> # only single gpu per process is currently supported
>>> ddp_sync_bn_network = torch.nn.parallel.DistributedDataParallel(
>>>                         sync_bn_network,
>>>                         device_ids=[args.local_rank],
>>>                         output_device=args.local_rank)
classmethod convert_sync_batchnorm(module, process_group=None)[source]

Helper function to convert torch.nn.BatchNormND layer in the model to torch.nn.SyncBatchNorm layer.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – containing module

  • process_group (optional) – process group to scope synchronization,

default is the whole world

Returns

The original module with the converted torch.nn.SyncBatchNorm layer

Example:

>>> # Network with nn.BatchNorm layer
>>> module = torch.nn.Sequential(
>>>            torch.nn.Linear(20, 100),
>>>            torch.nn.BatchNorm1d(100)
>>>          ).cuda()
>>> # creating process group (optional)
>>> # process_ids is a list of int identifying rank ids.
>>> process_group = torch.distributed.new_group(process_ids)
>>> sync_bn_module = convert_sync_batchnorm(module, process_group)

InstanceNorm1d

class torch.nn.InstanceNorm1d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=False, track_running_stats=False)[source]

Applies Instance Normalization over a 3D input (a mini-batch of 1D inputs with optional additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Instance Normalization: The Missing Ingredient for Fast Stylization .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension separately for each object in a mini-batch. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size) if affine is True.

By default, this layer uses instance statistics computed from input data in both training and evaluation modes.

If track_running_stats is set to True, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momemtum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momemtum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Note

InstanceNorm1d and LayerNorm are very similar, but have some subtle differences. InstanceNorm1d is applied on each channel of channeled data like multidimensional time series, but LayerNorm is usually applied on entire sample and often in NLP tasks. Additionally, LayerNorm applies elementwise affine transform, while InstanceNorm1d usually don’t apply affine transform.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,L)(N, C, L) or LL from input of size (N,L)(N, L)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters, initialized the same way as done for batch normalization. Default: False.

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,L)(N, C, L)

  • Output: (N,C,L)(N, C, L) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm1d(100)
>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm1d(100, affine=True)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 40)
>>> output = m(input)

InstanceNorm2d

class torch.nn.InstanceNorm2d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=False, track_running_stats=False)[source]

Applies Instance Normalization over a 4D input (a mini-batch of 2D inputs with additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Instance Normalization: The Missing Ingredient for Fast Stylization .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension separately for each object in a mini-batch. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size) if affine is True.

By default, this layer uses instance statistics computed from input data in both training and evaluation modes.

If track_running_stats is set to True, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momemtum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momemtum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Note

InstanceNorm2d and LayerNorm are very similar, but have some subtle differences. InstanceNorm2d is applied on each channel of channeled data like RGB images, but LayerNorm is usually applied on entire sample and often in NLP tasks. Additionally, LayerNorm applies elementwise affine transform, while InstanceNorm2d usually don’t apply affine transform.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters, initialized the same way as done for batch normalization. Default: False.

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm2d(100)
>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm2d(100, affine=True)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 35, 45)
>>> output = m(input)

InstanceNorm3d

class torch.nn.InstanceNorm3d(num_features, eps=1e-05, momentum=0.1, affine=False, track_running_stats=False)[source]

Applies Instance Normalization over a 5D input (a mini-batch of 3D inputs with additional channel dimension) as described in the paper Instance Normalization: The Missing Ingredient for Fast Stylization .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated per-dimension separately for each object in a mini-batch. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable parameter vectors of size C (where C is the input size) if affine is True.

By default, this layer uses instance statistics computed from input data in both training and evaluation modes.

If track_running_stats is set to True, during training this layer keeps running estimates of its computed mean and variance, which are then used for normalization during evaluation. The running estimates are kept with a default momentum of 0.1.

Note

This momentum argument is different from one used in optimizer classes and the conventional notion of momentum. Mathematically, the update rule for running statistics here is x^new=(1momentum)×x^+momemtum×xt\hat{x}_\text{new} = (1 - \text{momentum}) \times \hat{x} + \text{momemtum} \times x_t , where x^\hat{x} is the estimated statistic and xtx_t is the new observed value.

Note

InstanceNorm3d and LayerNorm are very similar, but have some subtle differences. InstanceNorm3d is applied on each channel of channeled data like 3D models with RGB color, but LayerNorm is usually applied on entire sample and often in NLP tasks. Additionally, LayerNorm applies elementwise affine transform, while InstanceNorm3d usually don’t apply affine transform.

Parameters
  • num_featuresCC from an expected input of size (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W)

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • momentum – the value used for the running_mean and running_var computation. Default: 0.1

  • affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable affine parameters, initialized the same way as done for batch normalization. Default: False.

  • track_running_stats – a boolean value that when set to True, this module tracks the running mean and variance, and when set to False, this module does not track such statistics and always uses batch statistics in both training and eval modes. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm3d(100)
>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.InstanceNorm3d(100, affine=True)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 100, 35, 45, 10)
>>> output = m(input)

LayerNorm

class torch.nn.LayerNorm(normalized_shape, eps=1e-05, elementwise_affine=True)[source]

Applies Layer Normalization over a mini-batch of inputs as described in the paper Layer Normalization .

y=xE[x]Var[x]+ϵγ+βy = \frac{x - \mathrm{E}[x]}{ \sqrt{\mathrm{Var}[x] + \epsilon}} * \gamma + \beta

The mean and standard-deviation are calculated separately over the last certain number dimensions which have to be of the shape specified by normalized_shape. γ\gamma and β\beta are learnable affine transform parameters of normalized_shape if elementwise_affine is True.

Note

Unlike Batch Normalization and Instance Normalization, which applies scalar scale and bias for each entire channel/plane with the affine option, Layer Normalization applies per-element scale and bias with elementwise_affine.

This layer uses statistics computed from input data in both training and evaluation modes.

Parameters
  • normalized_shape (int or list or torch.Size) –

    input shape from an expected input of size

    [×normalized_shape[0]×normalized_shape[1]××normalized_shape[1]][* \times \text{normalized\_shape}[0] \times \text{normalized\_shape}[1] \times \ldots \times \text{normalized\_shape}[-1]]

    If a single integer is used, it is treated as a singleton list, and this module will normalize over the last dimension which is expected to be of that specific size.

  • eps – a value added to the denominator for numerical stability. Default: 1e-5

  • elementwise_affine – a boolean value that when set to True, this module has learnable per-element affine parameters initialized to ones (for weights) and zeros (for biases). Default: True.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *)

  • Output: (N,)(N, *) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> input = torch.randn(20, 5, 10, 10)
>>> # With Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.LayerNorm(input.size()[1:])
>>> # Without Learnable Parameters
>>> m = nn.LayerNorm(input.size()[1:], elementwise_affine=False)
>>> # Normalize over last two dimensions
>>> m = nn.LayerNorm([10, 10])
>>> # Normalize over last dimension of size 10
>>> m = nn.LayerNorm(10)
>>> # Activating the module
>>> output = m(input)

LocalResponseNorm

class torch.nn.LocalResponseNorm(size, alpha=0.0001, beta=0.75, k=1.0)[source]

Applies local response normalization over an input signal composed of several input planes, where channels occupy the second dimension. Applies normalization across channels.

bc=ac(k+αnc=max(0,cn/2)min(N1,c+n/2)ac2)βb_{c} = a_{c}\left(k + \frac{\alpha}{n} \sum_{c'=\max(0, c-n/2)}^{\min(N-1,c+n/2)}a_{c'}^2\right)^{-\beta}
Parameters
  • size – amount of neighbouring channels used for normalization

  • alpha – multiplicative factor. Default: 0.0001

  • beta – exponent. Default: 0.75

  • k – additive factor. Default: 1

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,)(N, C, *)

  • Output: (N,C,)(N, C, *) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> lrn = nn.LocalResponseNorm(2)
>>> signal_2d = torch.randn(32, 5, 24, 24)
>>> signal_4d = torch.randn(16, 5, 7, 7, 7, 7)
>>> output_2d = lrn(signal_2d)
>>> output_4d = lrn(signal_4d)

Recurrent layers

RNNBase

class torch.nn.RNNBase(mode, input_size, hidden_size, num_layers=1, bias=True, batch_first=False, dropout=0.0, bidirectional=False)[source]
flatten_parameters()[source]

Resets parameter data pointer so that they can use faster code paths.

Right now, this works only if the module is on the GPU and cuDNN is enabled. Otherwise, it’s a no-op.

RNN

class torch.nn.RNN(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Applies a multi-layer Elman RNN with tanh\tanh or ReLU\text{ReLU} non-linearity to an input sequence.

For each element in the input sequence, each layer computes the following function:

ht=tanh(Wihxt+bih+Whhh(t1)+bhh)h_t = \tanh(W_{ih} x_t + b_{ih} + W_{hh} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hh})

where hth_t is the hidden state at time t, xtx_t is the input at time t, and h(t1)h_{(t-1)} is the hidden state of the previous layer at time t-1 or the initial hidden state at time 0. If nonlinearity is 'relu', then ReLU\text{ReLU} is used instead of tanh\tanh .

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • num_layers – Number of recurrent layers. E.g., setting num_layers=2 would mean stacking two RNNs together to form a stacked RNN, with the second RNN taking in outputs of the first RNN and computing the final results. Default: 1

  • nonlinearity – The non-linearity to use. Can be either 'tanh' or 'relu'. Default: 'tanh'

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

  • batch_first – If True, then the input and output tensors are provided as (batch, seq, feature). Default: False

  • dropout – If non-zero, introduces a Dropout layer on the outputs of each RNN layer except the last layer, with dropout probability equal to dropout. Default: 0

  • bidirectional – If True, becomes a bidirectional RNN. Default: False

Inputs: input, h_0
  • input of shape (seq_len, batch, input_size): tensor containing the features of the input sequence. The input can also be a packed variable length sequence. See torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_padded_sequence() or torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_sequence() for details.

  • h_0 of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Defaults to zero if not provided. If the RNN is bidirectional, num_directions should be 2, else it should be 1.

Outputs: output, h_n
  • output of shape (seq_len, batch, num_directions * hidden_size): tensor containing the output features (h_t) from the last layer of the RNN, for each t. If a torch.nn.utils.rnn.PackedSequence has been given as the input, the output will also be a packed sequence.

    For the unpacked case, the directions can be separated using output.view(seq_len, batch, num_directions, hidden_size), with forward and backward being direction 0 and 1 respectively. Similarly, the directions can be separated in the packed case.

  • h_n of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the hidden state for t = seq_len.

    Like output, the layers can be separated using h_n.view(num_layers, num_directions, batch, hidden_size).

Shape:
  • Input1: (L,N,Hin)(L, N, H_{in}) tensor containing input features where Hin=input_sizeH_{in}=\text{input\_size} and L represents a sequence length.

  • Input2: (S,N,Hout)(S, N, H_{out}) tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Hout=hidden_sizeH_{out}=\text{hidden\_size} Defaults to zero if not provided. where S=num_layersnum_directionsS=\text{num\_layers} * \text{num\_directions} If the RNN is bidirectional, num_directions should be 2, else it should be 1.

  • Output1: (L,N,Hall)(L, N, H_{all}) where Hall=num_directionshidden_sizeH_{all}=\text{num\_directions} * \text{hidden\_size}

  • Output2: (S,N,Hout)(S, N, H_{out}) tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Variables
  • ~RNN.weight_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden weights of the k-th layer, of shape (hidden_size, input_size) for k = 0. Otherwise, the shape is (hidden_size, num_directions * hidden_size)

  • ~RNN.weight_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden weights of the k-th layer, of shape (hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~RNN.bias_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden bias of the k-th layer, of shape (hidden_size)

  • ~RNN.bias_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden bias of the k-th layer, of shape (hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Note

If the following conditions are satisfied: 1) cudnn is enabled, 2) input data is on the GPU 3) input data has dtype torch.float16 4) V100 GPU is used, 5) input data is not in PackedSequence format persistent algorithm can be selected to improve performance.

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.RNN(10, 20, 2)
>>> input = torch.randn(5, 3, 10)
>>> h0 = torch.randn(2, 3, 20)
>>> output, hn = rnn(input, h0)

LSTM

class torch.nn.LSTM(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Applies a multi-layer long short-term memory (LSTM) RNN to an input sequence.

For each element in the input sequence, each layer computes the following function:

it=σ(Wiixt+bii+Whiht1+bhi)ft=σ(Wifxt+bif+Whfht1+bhf)gt=tanh(Wigxt+big+Whght1+bhg)ot=σ(Wioxt+bio+Whoht1+bho)ct=ftct1+itgtht=ottanh(ct)\begin{array}{ll} \\ i_t = \sigma(W_{ii} x_t + b_{ii} + W_{hi} h_{t-1} + b_{hi}) \\ f_t = \sigma(W_{if} x_t + b_{if} + W_{hf} h_{t-1} + b_{hf}) \\ g_t = \tanh(W_{ig} x_t + b_{ig} + W_{hg} h_{t-1} + b_{hg}) \\ o_t = \sigma(W_{io} x_t + b_{io} + W_{ho} h_{t-1} + b_{ho}) \\ c_t = f_t \odot c_{t-1} + i_t \odot g_t \\ h_t = o_t \odot \tanh(c_t) \\ \end{array}

where hth_t is the hidden state at time t, ctc_t is the cell state at time t, xtx_t is the input at time t, ht1h_{t-1} is the hidden state of the layer at time t-1 or the initial hidden state at time 0, and iti_t , ftf_t , gtg_t , oto_t are the input, forget, cell, and output gates, respectively. σ\sigma is the sigmoid function, and \odot is the Hadamard product.

In a multilayer LSTM, the input xt(l)x^{(l)}_t of the ll -th layer (l>=2l >= 2 ) is the hidden state ht(l1)h^{(l-1)}_t of the previous layer multiplied by dropout δt(l1)\delta^{(l-1)}_t where each δt(l1)\delta^{(l-1)}_t is a Bernoulli random variable which is 00 with probability dropout.

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • num_layers – Number of recurrent layers. E.g., setting num_layers=2 would mean stacking two LSTMs together to form a stacked LSTM, with the second LSTM taking in outputs of the first LSTM and computing the final results. Default: 1

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

  • batch_first – If True, then the input and output tensors are provided as (batch, seq, feature). Default: False

  • dropout – If non-zero, introduces a Dropout layer on the outputs of each LSTM layer except the last layer, with dropout probability equal to dropout. Default: 0

  • bidirectional – If True, becomes a bidirectional LSTM. Default: False

Inputs: input, (h_0, c_0)
  • input of shape (seq_len, batch, input_size): tensor containing the features of the input sequence. The input can also be a packed variable length sequence. See torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_padded_sequence() or torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_sequence() for details.

  • h_0 of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. If the LSTM is bidirectional, num_directions should be 2, else it should be 1.

  • c_0 of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial cell state for each element in the batch.

    If (h_0, c_0) is not provided, both h_0 and c_0 default to zero.

Outputs: output, (h_n, c_n)
  • output of shape (seq_len, batch, num_directions * hidden_size): tensor containing the output features (h_t) from the last layer of the LSTM, for each t. If a torch.nn.utils.rnn.PackedSequence has been given as the input, the output will also be a packed sequence.

    For the unpacked case, the directions can be separated using output.view(seq_len, batch, num_directions, hidden_size), with forward and backward being direction 0 and 1 respectively. Similarly, the directions can be separated in the packed case.

  • h_n of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the hidden state for t = seq_len.

    Like output, the layers can be separated using h_n.view(num_layers, num_directions, batch, hidden_size) and similarly for c_n.

  • c_n of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the cell state for t = seq_len.

Variables
  • ~LSTM.weight_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden weights of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (W_ii|W_if|W_ig|W_io), of shape (4*hidden_size, input_size) for k = 0. Otherwise, the shape is (4*hidden_size, num_directions * hidden_size)

  • ~LSTM.weight_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden weights of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (W_hi|W_hf|W_hg|W_ho), of shape (4*hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~LSTM.bias_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden bias of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (b_ii|b_if|b_ig|b_io), of shape (4*hidden_size)

  • ~LSTM.bias_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden bias of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (b_hi|b_hf|b_hg|b_ho), of shape (4*hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Note

If the following conditions are satisfied: 1) cudnn is enabled, 2) input data is on the GPU 3) input data has dtype torch.float16 4) V100 GPU is used, 5) input data is not in PackedSequence format persistent algorithm can be selected to improve performance.

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.LSTM(10, 20, 2)
>>> input = torch.randn(5, 3, 10)
>>> h0 = torch.randn(2, 3, 20)
>>> c0 = torch.randn(2, 3, 20)
>>> output, (hn, cn) = rnn(input, (h0, c0))

GRU

class torch.nn.GRU(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Applies a multi-layer gated recurrent unit (GRU) RNN to an input sequence.

For each element in the input sequence, each layer computes the following function:

rt=σ(Wirxt+bir+Whrh(t1)+bhr)zt=σ(Wizxt+biz+Whzh(t1)+bhz)nt=tanh(Winxt+bin+rt(Whnh(t1)+bhn))ht=(1zt)nt+zth(t1)\begin{array}{ll} r_t = \sigma(W_{ir} x_t + b_{ir} + W_{hr} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hr}) \\ z_t = \sigma(W_{iz} x_t + b_{iz} + W_{hz} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hz}) \\ n_t = \tanh(W_{in} x_t + b_{in} + r_t * (W_{hn} h_{(t-1)}+ b_{hn})) \\ h_t = (1 - z_t) * n_t + z_t * h_{(t-1)} \end{array}

where hth_t is the hidden state at time t, xtx_t is the input at time t, h(t1)h_{(t-1)} is the hidden state of the layer at time t-1 or the initial hidden state at time 0, and rtr_t , ztz_t , ntn_t are the reset, update, and new gates, respectively. σ\sigma is the sigmoid function, and * is the Hadamard product.

In a multilayer GRU, the input xt(l)x^{(l)}_t of the ll -th layer (l>=2l >= 2 ) is the hidden state ht(l1)h^{(l-1)}_t of the previous layer multiplied by dropout δt(l1)\delta^{(l-1)}_t where each δt(l1)\delta^{(l-1)}_t is a Bernoulli random variable which is 00 with probability dropout.

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • num_layers – Number of recurrent layers. E.g., setting num_layers=2 would mean stacking two GRUs together to form a stacked GRU, with the second GRU taking in outputs of the first GRU and computing the final results. Default: 1

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

  • batch_first – If True, then the input and output tensors are provided as (batch, seq, feature). Default: False

  • dropout – If non-zero, introduces a Dropout layer on the outputs of each GRU layer except the last layer, with dropout probability equal to dropout. Default: 0

  • bidirectional – If True, becomes a bidirectional GRU. Default: False

Inputs: input, h_0
  • input of shape (seq_len, batch, input_size): tensor containing the features of the input sequence. The input can also be a packed variable length sequence. See torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_padded_sequence() for details.

  • h_0 of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Defaults to zero if not provided. If the RNN is bidirectional, num_directions should be 2, else it should be 1.

Outputs: output, h_n
  • output of shape (seq_len, batch, num_directions * hidden_size): tensor containing the output features h_t from the last layer of the GRU, for each t. If a torch.nn.utils.rnn.PackedSequence has been given as the input, the output will also be a packed sequence. For the unpacked case, the directions can be separated using output.view(seq_len, batch, num_directions, hidden_size), with forward and backward being direction 0 and 1 respectively.

    Similarly, the directions can be separated in the packed case.

  • h_n of shape (num_layers * num_directions, batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the hidden state for t = seq_len

    Like output, the layers can be separated using h_n.view(num_layers, num_directions, batch, hidden_size).

Shape:
  • Input1: (L,N,Hin)(L, N, H_{in}) tensor containing input features where Hin=input_sizeH_{in}=\text{input\_size} and L represents a sequence length.

  • Input2: (S,N,Hout)(S, N, H_{out}) tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Hout=hidden_sizeH_{out}=\text{hidden\_size} Defaults to zero if not provided. where S=num_layersnum_directionsS=\text{num\_layers} * \text{num\_directions} If the RNN is bidirectional, num_directions should be 2, else it should be 1.

  • Output1: (L,N,Hall)(L, N, H_{all}) where Hall=num_directionshidden_sizeH_{all}=\text{num\_directions} * \text{hidden\_size}

  • Output2: (S,N,Hout)(S, N, H_{out}) tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Variables
  • ~GRU.weight_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden weights of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (W_ir|W_iz|W_in), of shape (3*hidden_size, input_size) for k = 0. Otherwise, the shape is (3*hidden_size, num_directions * hidden_size)

  • ~GRU.weight_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden weights of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (W_hr|W_hz|W_hn), of shape (3*hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~GRU.bias_ih_l[k] – the learnable input-hidden bias of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (b_ir|b_iz|b_in), of shape (3*hidden_size)

  • ~GRU.bias_hh_l[k] – the learnable hidden-hidden bias of the kth\text{k}^{th} layer (b_hr|b_hz|b_hn), of shape (3*hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Note

If the following conditions are satisfied: 1) cudnn is enabled, 2) input data is on the GPU 3) input data has dtype torch.float16 4) V100 GPU is used, 5) input data is not in PackedSequence format persistent algorithm can be selected to improve performance.

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.GRU(10, 20, 2)
>>> input = torch.randn(5, 3, 10)
>>> h0 = torch.randn(2, 3, 20)
>>> output, hn = rnn(input, h0)

RNNCell

class torch.nn.RNNCell(input_size, hidden_size, bias=True, nonlinearity='tanh')[source]

An Elman RNN cell with tanh or ReLU non-linearity.

h=tanh(Wihx+bih+Whhh+bhh)h' = \tanh(W_{ih} x + b_{ih} + W_{hh} h + b_{hh})

If nonlinearity is ‘relu’, then ReLU is used in place of tanh.

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

  • nonlinearity – The non-linearity to use. Can be either 'tanh' or 'relu'. Default: 'tanh'

Inputs: input, hidden
  • input of shape (batch, input_size): tensor containing input features

  • hidden of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Defaults to zero if not provided.

Outputs: h’
  • h’ of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Shape:
  • Input1: (N,Hin)(N, H_{in}) tensor containing input features where HinH_{in} = input_size

  • Input2: (N,Hout)(N, H_{out}) tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch where HoutH_{out} = hidden_size Defaults to zero if not provided.

  • Output: (N,Hout)(N, H_{out}) tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Variables
  • ~RNNCell.weight_ih – the learnable input-hidden weights, of shape (hidden_size, input_size)

  • ~RNNCell.weight_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden weights, of shape (hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~RNNCell.bias_ih – the learnable input-hidden bias, of shape (hidden_size)

  • ~RNNCell.bias_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden bias, of shape (hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.RNNCell(10, 20)
>>> input = torch.randn(6, 3, 10)
>>> hx = torch.randn(3, 20)
>>> output = []
>>> for i in range(6):
        hx = rnn(input[i], hx)
        output.append(hx)

LSTMCell

class torch.nn.LSTMCell(input_size, hidden_size, bias=True)[source]

A long short-term memory (LSTM) cell.

i=σ(Wiix+bii+Whih+bhi)f=σ(Wifx+bif+Whfh+bhf)g=tanh(Wigx+big+Whgh+bhg)o=σ(Wiox+bio+Whoh+bho)c=fc+igh=otanh(c)\begin{array}{ll} i = \sigma(W_{ii} x + b_{ii} + W_{hi} h + b_{hi}) \\ f = \sigma(W_{if} x + b_{if} + W_{hf} h + b_{hf}) \\ g = \tanh(W_{ig} x + b_{ig} + W_{hg} h + b_{hg}) \\ o = \sigma(W_{io} x + b_{io} + W_{ho} h + b_{ho}) \\ c' = f * c + i * g \\ h' = o * \tanh(c') \\ \end{array}

where σ\sigma is the sigmoid function, and * is the Hadamard product.

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

Inputs: input, (h_0, c_0)
  • input of shape (batch, input_size): tensor containing input features

  • h_0 of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch.

  • c_0 of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial cell state for each element in the batch.

    If (h_0, c_0) is not provided, both h_0 and c_0 default to zero.

Outputs: (h_1, c_1)
  • h_1 of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

  • c_1 of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the next cell state for each element in the batch

Variables
  • ~LSTMCell.weight_ih – the learnable input-hidden weights, of shape (4*hidden_size, input_size)

  • ~LSTMCell.weight_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden weights, of shape (4*hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~LSTMCell.bias_ih – the learnable input-hidden bias, of shape (4*hidden_size)

  • ~LSTMCell.bias_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden bias, of shape (4*hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.LSTMCell(10, 20)
>>> input = torch.randn(6, 3, 10)
>>> hx = torch.randn(3, 20)
>>> cx = torch.randn(3, 20)
>>> output = []
>>> for i in range(6):
        hx, cx = rnn(input[i], (hx, cx))
        output.append(hx)

GRUCell

class torch.nn.GRUCell(input_size, hidden_size, bias=True)[source]

A gated recurrent unit (GRU) cell

r=σ(Wirx+bir+Whrh+bhr)z=σ(Wizx+biz+Whzh+bhz)n=tanh(Winx+bin+r(Whnh+bhn))h=(1z)n+zh\begin{array}{ll} r = \sigma(W_{ir} x + b_{ir} + W_{hr} h + b_{hr}) \\ z = \sigma(W_{iz} x + b_{iz} + W_{hz} h + b_{hz}) \\ n = \tanh(W_{in} x + b_{in} + r * (W_{hn} h + b_{hn})) \\ h' = (1 - z) * n + z * h \end{array}

where σ\sigma is the sigmoid function, and * is the Hadamard product.

Parameters
  • input_size – The number of expected features in the input x

  • hidden_size – The number of features in the hidden state h

  • bias – If False, then the layer does not use bias weights b_ih and b_hh. Default: True

Inputs: input, hidden
  • input of shape (batch, input_size): tensor containing input features

  • hidden of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch. Defaults to zero if not provided.

Outputs: h’
  • h’ of shape (batch, hidden_size): tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Shape:
  • Input1: (N,Hin)(N, H_{in}) tensor containing input features where HinH_{in} = input_size

  • Input2: (N,Hout)(N, H_{out}) tensor containing the initial hidden state for each element in the batch where HoutH_{out} = hidden_size Defaults to zero if not provided.

  • Output: (N,Hout)(N, H_{out}) tensor containing the next hidden state for each element in the batch

Variables
  • ~GRUCell.weight_ih – the learnable input-hidden weights, of shape (3*hidden_size, input_size)

  • ~GRUCell.weight_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden weights, of shape (3*hidden_size, hidden_size)

  • ~GRUCell.bias_ih – the learnable input-hidden bias, of shape (3*hidden_size)

  • ~GRUCell.bias_hh – the learnable hidden-hidden bias, of shape (3*hidden_size)

Note

All the weights and biases are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1hidden_sizek = \frac{1}{\text{hidden\_size}}

Examples:

>>> rnn = nn.GRUCell(10, 20)
>>> input = torch.randn(6, 3, 10)
>>> hx = torch.randn(3, 20)
>>> output = []
>>> for i in range(6):
        hx = rnn(input[i], hx)
        output.append(hx)

Transformer layers

Transformer

class torch.nn.Transformer(d_model=512, nhead=8, num_encoder_layers=6, num_decoder_layers=6, dim_feedforward=2048, dropout=0.1, activation='relu', custom_encoder=None, custom_decoder=None)[source]

A transformer model. User is able to modify the attributes as needed. The architecture is based on the paper “Attention Is All You Need”. Ashish Vaswani, Noam Shazeer, Niki Parmar, Jakob Uszkoreit, Llion Jones, Aidan N Gomez, Lukasz Kaiser, and Illia Polosukhin. 2017. Attention is all you need. In Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, pages 6000-6010. Users can build the BERT(https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.04805) model with corresponding parameters.

Parameters
  • d_model – the number of expected features in the encoder/decoder inputs (default=512).

  • nhead – the number of heads in the multiheadattention models (default=8).

  • num_encoder_layers – the number of sub-encoder-layers in the encoder (default=6).

  • num_decoder_layers – the number of sub-decoder-layers in the decoder (default=6).

  • dim_feedforward – the dimension of the feedforward network model (default=2048).

  • dropout – the dropout value (default=0.1).

  • activation – the activation function of encoder/decoder intermediate layer, relu or gelu (default=relu).

  • custom_encoder – custom encoder (default=None).

  • custom_decoder – custom decoder (default=None).

Examples::
>>> transformer_model = nn.Transformer(nhead=16, num_encoder_layers=12)
>>> src = torch.rand((10, 32, 512))
>>> tgt = torch.rand((20, 32, 512))
>>> out = transformer_model(src, tgt)

Note: A full example to apply nn.Transformer module for the word language model is available in https://github.com/pytorch/examples/tree/master/word_language_model

forward(src, tgt, src_mask=None, tgt_mask=None, memory_mask=None, src_key_padding_mask=None, tgt_key_padding_mask=None, memory_key_padding_mask=None)[source]

Take in and process masked source/target sequences.

Parameters
  • src – the sequence to the encoder (required).

  • tgt – the sequence to the decoder (required).

  • src_mask – the additive mask for the src sequence (optional).

  • tgt_mask – the additive mask for the tgt sequence (optional).

  • memory_mask – the additive mask for the encoder output (optional).

  • src_key_padding_mask – the ByteTensor mask for src keys per batch (optional).

  • tgt_key_padding_mask – the ByteTensor mask for tgt keys per batch (optional).

  • memory_key_padding_mask – the ByteTensor mask for memory keys per batch (optional).

Shape:
  • src: (S,N,E)(S, N, E) .

  • tgt: (T,N,E)(T, N, E) .

  • src_mask: (S,S)(S, S) .

  • tgt_mask: (T,T)(T, T) .

  • memory_mask: (T,S)(T, S) .

  • src_key_padding_mask: (N,S)(N, S) .

  • tgt_key_padding_mask: (N,T)(N, T) .

  • memory_key_padding_mask: (N,S)(N, S) .

Note: [src/tgt/memory]_mask should be filled with float(‘-inf’) for the masked positions and float(0.0) else. These masks ensure that predictions for position i depend only on the unmasked positions j and are applied identically for each sequence in a batch. [src/tgt/memory]_key_padding_mask should be a ByteTensor where True values are positions that should be masked with float(‘-inf’) and False values will be unchanged. This mask ensures that no information will be taken from position i if it is masked, and has a separate mask for each sequence in a batch.

  • output: (T,N,E)(T, N, E) .

Note: Due to the multi-head attention architecture in the transformer model, the output sequence length of a transformer is same as the input sequence (i.e. target) length of the decode.

where S is the source sequence length, T is the target sequence length, N is the batch size, E is the feature number

Examples

>>> output = transformer_model(src, tgt, src_mask=src_mask, tgt_mask=tgt_mask)
generate_square_subsequent_mask(sz)[source]

Generate a square mask for the sequence. The masked positions are filled with float(‘-inf’). Unmasked positions are filled with float(0.0).

TransformerEncoder

class torch.nn.TransformerEncoder(encoder_layer, num_layers, norm=None)[source]

TransformerEncoder is a stack of N encoder layers

Parameters
  • encoder_layer – an instance of the TransformerEncoderLayer() class (required).

  • num_layers – the number of sub-encoder-layers in the encoder (required).

  • norm – the layer normalization component (optional).

Examples::
>>> encoder_layer = nn.TransformerEncoderLayer(d_model=512, nhead=8)
>>> transformer_encoder = nn.TransformerEncoder(encoder_layer, num_layers=6)
>>> src = torch.rand(10, 32, 512)
>>> out = transformer_encoder(src)
forward(src, mask=None, src_key_padding_mask=None)[source]

Pass the input through the encoder layers in turn.

Parameters
  • src – the sequence to the encoder (required).

  • mask – the mask for the src sequence (optional).

  • src_key_padding_mask – the mask for the src keys per batch (optional).

Shape:

see the docs in Transformer class.

TransformerDecoder

class torch.nn.TransformerDecoder(decoder_layer, num_layers, norm=None)[source]

TransformerDecoder is a stack of N decoder layers

Parameters
  • decoder_layer – an instance of the TransformerDecoderLayer() class (required).

  • num_layers – the number of sub-decoder-layers in the decoder (required).

  • norm – the layer normalization component (optional).

Examples::
>>> decoder_layer = nn.TransformerDecoderLayer(d_model=512, nhead=8)
>>> transformer_decoder = nn.TransformerDecoder(decoder_layer, num_layers=6)
>>> memory = torch.rand(10, 32, 512)
>>> tgt = torch.rand(20, 32, 512)
>>> out = transformer_decoder(tgt, memory)
forward(tgt, memory, tgt_mask=None, memory_mask=None, tgt_key_padding_mask=None, memory_key_padding_mask=None)[source]

Pass the inputs (and mask) through the decoder layer in turn.

Parameters
  • tgt – the sequence to the decoder (required).

  • memory – the sequence from the last layer of the encoder (required).

  • tgt_mask – the mask for the tgt sequence (optional).

  • memory_mask – the mask for the memory sequence (optional).

  • tgt_key_padding_mask – the mask for the tgt keys per batch (optional).

  • memory_key_padding_mask – the mask for the memory keys per batch (optional).

Shape:

see the docs in Transformer class.

TransformerEncoderLayer

class torch.nn.TransformerEncoderLayer(d_model, nhead, dim_feedforward=2048, dropout=0.1, activation='relu')[source]

TransformerEncoderLayer is made up of self-attn and feedforward network. This standard encoder layer is based on the paper “Attention Is All You Need”. Ashish Vaswani, Noam Shazeer, Niki Parmar, Jakob Uszkoreit, Llion Jones, Aidan N Gomez, Lukasz Kaiser, and Illia Polosukhin. 2017. Attention is all you need. In Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, pages 6000-6010. Users may modify or implement in a different way during application.

Parameters
  • d_model – the number of expected features in the input (required).

  • nhead – the number of heads in the multiheadattention models (required).

  • dim_feedforward – the dimension of the feedforward network model (default=2048).

  • dropout – the dropout value (default=0.1).

  • activation – the activation function of intermediate layer, relu or gelu (default=relu).

Examples::
>>> encoder_layer = nn.TransformerEncoderLayer(d_model=512, nhead=8)
>>> src = torch.rand(10, 32, 512)
>>> out = encoder_layer(src)
forward(src, src_mask=None, src_key_padding_mask=None)[source]

Pass the input through the encoder layer.

Parameters
  • src – the sequence to the encoder layer (required).

  • src_mask – the mask for the src sequence (optional).

  • src_key_padding_mask – the mask for the src keys per batch (optional).

Shape:

see the docs in Transformer class.

TransformerDecoderLayer

class torch.nn.TransformerDecoderLayer(d_model, nhead, dim_feedforward=2048, dropout=0.1, activation='relu')[source]

TransformerDecoderLayer is made up of self-attn, multi-head-attn and feedforward network. This standard decoder layer is based on the paper “Attention Is All You Need”. Ashish Vaswani, Noam Shazeer, Niki Parmar, Jakob Uszkoreit, Llion Jones, Aidan N Gomez, Lukasz Kaiser, and Illia Polosukhin. 2017. Attention is all you need. In Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, pages 6000-6010. Users may modify or implement in a different way during application.

Parameters
  • d_model – the number of expected features in the input (required).

  • nhead – the number of heads in the multiheadattention models (required).

  • dim_feedforward – the dimension of the feedforward network model (default=2048).

  • dropout – the dropout value (default=0.1).

  • activation – the activation function of intermediate layer, relu or gelu (default=relu).

Examples::
>>> decoder_layer = nn.TransformerDecoderLayer(d_model=512, nhead=8)
>>> memory = torch.rand(10, 32, 512)
>>> tgt = torch.rand(20, 32, 512)
>>> out = decoder_layer(tgt, memory)
forward(tgt, memory, tgt_mask=None, memory_mask=None, tgt_key_padding_mask=None, memory_key_padding_mask=None)[source]

Pass the inputs (and mask) through the decoder layer.

Parameters
  • tgt – the sequence to the decoder layer (required).

  • memory – the sequence from the last layer of the encoder (required).

  • tgt_mask – the mask for the tgt sequence (optional).

  • memory_mask – the mask for the memory sequence (optional).

  • tgt_key_padding_mask – the mask for the tgt keys per batch (optional).

  • memory_key_padding_mask – the mask for the memory keys per batch (optional).

Shape:

see the docs in Transformer class.

Linear layers

Identity

class torch.nn.Identity(*args, **kwargs)[source]

A placeholder identity operator that is argument-insensitive.

Parameters
  • args – any argument (unused)

  • kwargs – any keyword argument (unused)

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Identity(54, unused_argument1=0.1, unused_argument2=False)
>>> input = torch.randn(128, 20)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> print(output.size())
torch.Size([128, 20])

Linear

class torch.nn.Linear(in_features, out_features, bias=True)[source]

Applies a linear transformation to the incoming data: y=xAT+by = xA^T + b

Parameters
  • in_features – size of each input sample

  • out_features – size of each output sample

  • bias – If set to False, the layer will not learn an additive bias. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input: (N,,Hin)(N, *, H_{in}) where * means any number of additional dimensions and Hin=in_featuresH_{in} = \text{in\_features}

  • Output: (N,,Hout)(N, *, H_{out}) where all but the last dimension are the same shape as the input and Hout=out_featuresH_{out} = \text{out\_features} .

Variables
  • ~Linear.weight – the learnable weights of the module of shape (out_features,in_features)(\text{out\_features}, \text{in\_features}) . The values are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) , where k=1in_featuresk = \frac{1}{\text{in\_features}}

  • ~Linear.bias – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_features)(\text{out\_features}) . If bias is True, the values are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) where k=1in_featuresk = \frac{1}{\text{in\_features}}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Linear(20, 30)
>>> input = torch.randn(128, 20)
>>> output = m(input)
>>> print(output.size())
torch.Size([128, 30])

Bilinear

class torch.nn.Bilinear(in1_features, in2_features, out_features, bias=True)[source]

Applies a bilinear transformation to the incoming data: y=x1Ax2+by = x_1 A x_2 + b

Parameters
  • in1_features – size of each first input sample

  • in2_features – size of each second input sample

  • out_features – size of each output sample

  • bias – If set to False, the layer will not learn an additive bias. Default: True

Shape:
  • Input1: (N,,Hin1)(N, *, H_{in1}) where Hin1=in1_featuresH_{in1}=\text{in1\_features} and * means any number of additional dimensions. All but the last dimension of the inputs should be the same.

  • Input2: (N,,Hin2)(N, *, H_{in2}) where Hin2=in2_featuresH_{in2}=\text{in2\_features} .

  • Output: (N,,Hout)(N, *, H_{out}) where Hout=out_featuresH_{out}=\text{out\_features} and all but the last dimension are the same shape as the input.

Variables
  • ~Bilinear.weight – the learnable weights of the module of shape (out_features,in1_features,in2_features)(\text{out\_features}, \text{in1\_features}, \text{in2\_features}) . The values are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) , where k=1in1_featuresk = \frac{1}{\text{in1\_features}}

  • ~Bilinear.bias – the learnable bias of the module of shape (out_features)(\text{out\_features}) . If bias is True, the values are initialized from U(k,k)\mathcal{U}(-\sqrt{k}, \sqrt{k}) , where k=1in1_featuresk = \frac{1}{\text{in1\_features}}

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Bilinear(20, 30, 40)
>>> input1 = torch.randn(128, 20)
>>> input2 = torch.randn(128, 30)
>>> output = m(input1, input2)
>>> print(output.size())
torch.Size([128, 40])

Dropout layers

Dropout

class torch.nn.Dropout(p=0.5, inplace=False)[source]

During training, randomly zeroes some of the elements of the input tensor with probability p using samples from a Bernoulli distribution. Each channel will be zeroed out independently on every forward call.

This has proven to be an effective technique for regularization and preventing the co-adaptation of neurons as described in the paper Improving neural networks by preventing co-adaptation of feature detectors .

Furthermore, the outputs are scaled by a factor of 11p\frac{1}{1-p} during training. This means that during evaluation the module simply computes an identity function.

Parameters
  • p – probability of an element to be zeroed. Default: 0.5

  • inplace – If set to True, will do this operation in-place. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) . Input can be of any shape

  • Output: ()(*) . Output is of the same shape as input

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Dropout(p=0.2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16)
>>> output = m(input)

Dropout2d

class torch.nn.Dropout2d(p=0.5, inplace=False)[source]

Randomly zero out entire channels (a channel is a 2D feature map, e.g., the jj -th channel of the ii -th sample in the batched input is a 2D tensor input[i,j]\text{input}[i, j] ). Each channel will be zeroed out independently on every forward call with probability p using samples from a Bernoulli distribution.

Usually the input comes from nn.Conv2d modules.

As described in the paper Efficient Object Localization Using Convolutional Networks , if adjacent pixels within feature maps are strongly correlated (as is normally the case in early convolution layers) then i.i.d. dropout will not regularize the activations and will otherwise just result in an effective learning rate decrease.

In this case, nn.Dropout2d() will help promote independence between feature maps and should be used instead.

Parameters
  • p (float, optional) – probability of an element to be zero-ed.

  • inplace (bool, optional) – If set to True, will do this operation in-place

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,H,W)(N, C, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Dropout2d(p=0.2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 32, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

Dropout3d

class torch.nn.Dropout3d(p=0.5, inplace=False)[source]

Randomly zero out entire channels (a channel is a 3D feature map, e.g., the jj -th channel of the ii -th sample in the batched input is a 3D tensor input[i,j]\text{input}[i, j] ). Each channel will be zeroed out independently on every forward call with probability p using samples from a Bernoulli distribution.

Usually the input comes from nn.Conv3d modules.

As described in the paper Efficient Object Localization Using Convolutional Networks , if adjacent pixels within feature maps are strongly correlated (as is normally the case in early convolution layers) then i.i.d. dropout will not regularize the activations and will otherwise just result in an effective learning rate decrease.

In this case, nn.Dropout3d() will help promote independence between feature maps and should be used instead.

Parameters
  • p (float, optional) – probability of an element to be zeroed.

  • inplace (bool, optional) – If set to True, will do this operation in-place

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W)

  • Output: (N,C,D,H,W)(N, C, D, H, W) (same shape as input)

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Dropout3d(p=0.2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16, 4, 32, 32)
>>> output = m(input)

AlphaDropout

class torch.nn.AlphaDropout(p=0.5, inplace=False)[source]

Applies Alpha Dropout over the input.

Alpha Dropout is a type of Dropout that maintains the self-normalizing property. For an input with zero mean and unit standard deviation, the output of Alpha Dropout maintains the original mean and standard deviation of the input. Alpha Dropout goes hand-in-hand with SELU activation function, which ensures that the outputs have zero mean and unit standard deviation.

During training, it randomly masks some of the elements of the input tensor with probability p using samples from a bernoulli distribution. The elements to masked are randomized on every forward call, and scaled and shifted to maintain zero mean and unit standard deviation.

During evaluation the module simply computes an identity function.

More details can be found in the paper Self-Normalizing Neural Networks .

Parameters
  • p (float) – probability of an element to be dropped. Default: 0.5

  • inplace (bool, optional) – If set to True, will do this operation in-place

Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) . Input can be of any shape

  • Output: ()(*) . Output is of the same shape as input

Examples:

>>> m = nn.AlphaDropout(p=0.2)
>>> input = torch.randn(20, 16)
>>> output = m(input)

Sparse layers

Embedding

class torch.nn.Embedding(num_embeddings, embedding_dim, padding_idx=None, max_norm=None, norm_type=2.0, scale_grad_by_freq=False, sparse=False, _weight=None)[source]

A simple lookup table that stores embeddings of a fixed dictionary and size.

This module is often used to store word embeddings and retrieve them using indices. The input to the module is a list of indices, and the output is the corresponding word embeddings.

Parameters
  • num_embeddings (int) – size of the dictionary of embeddings

  • embedding_dim (int) – the size of each embedding vector

  • padding_idx (int, optional) – If given, pads the output with the embedding vector at padding_idx (initialized to zeros) whenever it encounters the index.

  • max_norm (float, optional) – If given, each embedding vector with norm larger than max_norm is renormalized to have norm max_norm.

  • norm_type (float, optional) – The p of the p-norm to compute for the max_norm option. Default 2.

  • scale_grad_by_freq (boolean, optional) – If given, this will scale gradients by the inverse of frequency of the words in the mini-batch. Default False.

  • sparse (bool, optional) – If True, gradient w.r.t. weight matrix will be a sparse tensor. See Notes for more details regarding sparse gradients.

Variables

~Embedding.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (num_embeddings, embedding_dim) initialized from N(0,1)\mathcal{N}(0, 1)

Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) , LongTensor of arbitrary shape containing the indices to extract

  • Output: (,H)(*, H) , where * is the input shape and H=embedding_dimH=\text{embedding\_dim}

Note

Keep in mind that only a limited number of optimizers support sparse gradients: currently it’s optim.SGD (CUDA and CPU), optim.SparseAdam (CUDA and CPU) and optim.Adagrad (CPU)

Note

With padding_idx set, the embedding vector at padding_idx is initialized to all zeros. However, note that this vector can be modified afterwards, e.g., using a customized initialization method, and thus changing the vector used to pad the output. The gradient for this vector from Embedding is always zero.

Examples:

>>> # an Embedding module containing 10 tensors of size 3
>>> embedding = nn.Embedding(10, 3)
>>> # a batch of 2 samples of 4 indices each
>>> input = torch.LongTensor([[1,2,4,5],[4,3,2,9]])
>>> embedding(input)
tensor([[[-0.0251, -1.6902,  0.7172],
         [-0.6431,  0.0748,  0.6969],
         [ 1.4970,  1.3448, -0.9685],
         [-0.3677, -2.7265, -0.1685]],

        [[ 1.4970,  1.3448, -0.9685],
         [ 0.4362, -0.4004,  0.9400],
         [-0.6431,  0.0748,  0.6969],
         [ 0.9124, -2.3616,  1.1151]]])


>>> # example with padding_idx
>>> embedding = nn.Embedding(10, 3, padding_idx=0)
>>> input = torch.LongTensor([[0,2,0,5]])
>>> embedding(input)
tensor([[[ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
         [ 0.1535, -2.0309,  0.9315],
         [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000],
         [-0.1655,  0.9897,  0.0635]]])
classmethod from_pretrained(embeddings, freeze=True, padding_idx=None, max_norm=None, norm_type=2.0, scale_grad_by_freq=False, sparse=False)[source]

Creates Embedding instance from given 2-dimensional FloatTensor.

Parameters
  • embeddings (Tensor) – FloatTensor containing weights for the Embedding. First dimension is being passed to Embedding as num_embeddings, second as embedding_dim.

  • freeze (boolean, optional) – If True, the tensor does not get updated in the learning process. Equivalent to embedding.weight.requires_grad = False. Default: True

  • padding_idx (int, optional) – See module initialization documentation.

  • max_norm (float, optional) – See module initialization documentation.

  • norm_type (float, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default 2.

  • scale_grad_by_freq (boolean, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default False.

  • sparse (bool, optional) – See module initialization documentation.

Examples:

>>> # FloatTensor containing pretrained weights
>>> weight = torch.FloatTensor([[1, 2.3, 3], [4, 5.1, 6.3]])
>>> embedding = nn.Embedding.from_pretrained(weight)
>>> # Get embeddings for index 1
>>> input = torch.LongTensor([1])
>>> embedding(input)
tensor([[ 4.0000,  5.1000,  6.3000]])

EmbeddingBag

class torch.nn.EmbeddingBag(num_embeddings, embedding_dim, max_norm=None, norm_type=2.0, scale_grad_by_freq=False, mode='mean', sparse=False, _weight=None, include_last_offset=False)[source]

Computes sums or means of ‘bags’ of embeddings, without instantiating the intermediate embeddings.

For bags of constant length and no per_sample_weights, this class

  • with mode="sum" is equivalent to Embedding followed by torch.sum(dim=0),

  • with mode="mean" is equivalent to Embedding followed by torch.mean(dim=0),

  • with mode="max" is equivalent to Embedding followed by torch.max(dim=0).

However, EmbeddingBag is much more time and memory efficient than using a chain of these operations.

EmbeddingBag also supports per-sample weights as an argument to the forward pass. This scales the output of the Embedding before performing a weighted reduction as specified by mode. If per_sample_weights` is passed, the only supported mode is "sum", which computes a weighted sum according to per_sample_weights.

Parameters
  • num_embeddings (int) – size of the dictionary of embeddings

  • embedding_dim (int) – the size of each embedding vector

  • max_norm (float, optional) – If given, each embedding vector with norm larger than max_norm is renormalized to have norm max_norm.

  • norm_type (float, optional) – The p of the p-norm to compute for the max_norm option. Default 2.

  • scale_grad_by_freq (boolean, optional) – if given, this will scale gradients by the inverse of frequency of the words in the mini-batch. Default False. Note: this option is not supported when mode="max".

  • mode (string, optional) – "sum", "mean" or "max". Specifies the way to reduce the bag. "sum" computes the weighted sum, taking per_sample_weights into consideration. "mean" computes the average of the values in the bag, "max" computes the max value over each bag. Default: "mean"

  • sparse (bool, optional) – if True, gradient w.r.t. weight matrix will be a sparse tensor. See Notes for more details regarding sparse gradients. Note: this option is not supported when mode="max".

  • include_last_offset (bool, optional) – if True, offsets has one additional element, where the last element is equivalent to the size of indices. This matches the CSR format. Note: this option is currently only supported when mode="sum".

Variables

~EmbeddingBag.weight (Tensor) – the learnable weights of the module of shape (num_embeddings, embedding_dim) initialized from N(0,1)\mathcal{N}(0, 1) .

Inputs: input (LongTensor), offsets (LongTensor, optional), and

per_index_weights (Tensor, optional)

  • If input is 2D of shape (B, N),

    it will be treated as B bags (sequences) each of fixed length N, and this will return B values aggregated in a way depending on the mode. offsets is ignored and required to be None in this case.

  • If input is 1D of shape (N),

    it will be treated as a concatenation of multiple bags (sequences). offsets is required to be a 1D tensor containing the starting index positions of each bag in input. Therefore, for offsets of shape (B), input will be viewed as having B bags. Empty bags (i.e., having 0-length) will have returned vectors filled by zeros.

per_sample_weights (Tensor, optional): a tensor of float / double weights, or None

to indicate all weights should be taken to be 1. If specified, per_sample_weights must have exactly the same shape as input and is treated as having the same offsets, if those are not None. Only supported for mode='sum'.

Output shape: (B, embedding_dim)

Examples:

>>> # an Embedding module containing 10 tensors of size 3
>>> embedding_sum = nn.EmbeddingBag(10, 3, mode='sum')
>>> # a batch of 2 samples of 4 indices each
>>> input = torch.LongTensor([1,2,4,5,4,3,2,9])
>>> offsets = torch.LongTensor([0,4])
>>> embedding_sum(input, offsets)
tensor([[-0.8861, -5.4350, -0.0523],
        [ 1.1306, -2.5798, -1.0044]])
classmethod from_pretrained(embeddings, freeze=True, max_norm=None, norm_type=2.0, scale_grad_by_freq=False, mode='mean', sparse=False, include_last_offset=False)[source]

Creates EmbeddingBag instance from given 2-dimensional FloatTensor.

Parameters
  • embeddings (Tensor) – FloatTensor containing weights for the EmbeddingBag. First dimension is being passed to EmbeddingBag as ‘num_embeddings’, second as ‘embedding_dim’.

  • freeze (boolean, optional) – If True, the tensor does not get updated in the learning process. Equivalent to embeddingbag.weight.requires_grad = False. Default: True

  • max_norm (float, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default: None

  • norm_type (float, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default 2.

  • scale_grad_by_freq (boolean, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default False.

  • mode (string, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default: "mean"

  • sparse (bool, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default: False.

  • include_last_offset (bool, optional) – See module initialization documentation. Default: False.

Examples:

>>> # FloatTensor containing pretrained weights
>>> weight = torch.FloatTensor([[1, 2.3, 3], [4, 5.1, 6.3]])
>>> embeddingbag = nn.EmbeddingBag.from_pretrained(weight)
>>> # Get embeddings for index 1
>>> input = torch.LongTensor([[1, 0]])
>>> embeddingbag(input)
tensor([[ 2.5000,  3.7000,  4.6500]])

Distance functions

CosineSimilarity

class torch.nn.CosineSimilarity(dim=1, eps=1e-08)[source]

Returns cosine similarity between x1x_1 and x2x_2 , computed along dim.

similarity=x1x2max(x12x22,ϵ).\text{similarity} = \dfrac{x_1 \cdot x_2}{\max(\Vert x_1 \Vert _2 \cdot \Vert x_2 \Vert _2, \epsilon)}.
Parameters
  • dim (int, optional) – Dimension where cosine similarity is computed. Default: 1

  • eps (float, optional) – Small value to avoid division by zero. Default: 1e-8

Shape:
  • Input1: (1,D,2)(\ast_1, D, \ast_2) where D is at position dim

  • Input2: (1,D,2)(\ast_1, D, \ast_2) , same shape as the Input1

  • Output: (1,2)(\ast_1, \ast_2)

Examples::
>>> input1 = torch.randn(100, 128)
>>> input2 = torch.randn(100, 128)
>>> cos = nn.CosineSimilarity(dim=1, eps=1e-6)
>>> output = cos(input1, input2)

PairwiseDistance

class torch.nn.PairwiseDistance(p=2.0, eps=1e-06, keepdim=False)[source]

Computes the batchwise pairwise distance between vectors v1v_1 , v2v_2 using the p-norm:

xp=(i=1nxip)1/p.\Vert x \Vert _p = \left( \sum_{i=1}^n \vert x_i \vert ^ p \right) ^ {1/p}.
Parameters
  • p (real) – the norm degree. Default: 2

  • eps (float, optional) – Small value to avoid division by zero. Default: 1e-6

  • keepdim (bool, optional) – Determines whether or not to keep the vector dimension. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input1: (N,D)(N, D) where D = vector dimension

  • Input2: (N,D)(N, D) , same shape as the Input1

  • Output: (N)(N) . If keepdim is True, then (N,1)(N, 1) .

Examples::
>>> pdist = nn.PairwiseDistance(p=2)
>>> input1 = torch.randn(100, 128)
>>> input2 = torch.randn(100, 128)
>>> output = pdist(input1, input2)

Loss functions

L1Loss

class torch.nn.L1Loss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the mean absolute error (MAE) between each element in the input xx and target yy .

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=xnyn,\ell(x, y) = L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top, \quad l_n = \left| x_n - y_n \right|,

where NN is the batch size. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then:

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

xx and yy are tensors of arbitrary shapes with a total of nn elements each.

The sum operation still operates over all the elements, and divides by nn .

The division by nn can be avoided if one sets reduction = 'sum'.

Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.L1Loss()
>>> input = torch.randn(3, 5, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.randn(3, 5)
>>> output = loss(input, target)
>>> output.backward()

MSELoss

class torch.nn.MSELoss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the mean squared error (squared L2 norm) between each element in the input xx and target yy .

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=(xnyn)2,\ell(x, y) = L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top, \quad l_n = \left( x_n - y_n \right)^2,

where NN is the batch size. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then:

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

xx and yy are tensors of arbitrary shapes with a total of nn elements each.

The mean operation still operates over all the elements, and divides by nn .

The division by nn can be avoided if one sets reduction = 'sum'.

Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.MSELoss()
>>> input = torch.randn(3, 5, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.randn(3, 5)
>>> output = loss(input, target)
>>> output.backward()

CrossEntropyLoss

class torch.nn.CrossEntropyLoss(weight=None, size_average=None, ignore_index=-100, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

This criterion combines nn.LogSoftmax() and nn.NLLLoss() in one single class.

It is useful when training a classification problem with C classes. If provided, the optional argument weight should be a 1D Tensor assigning weight to each of the classes. This is particularly useful when you have an unbalanced training set.

The input is expected to contain raw, unnormalized scores for each class.

input has to be a Tensor of size either (minibatch,C)(minibatch, C) or (minibatch,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(minibatch, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 for the K-dimensional case (described later).

This criterion expects a class index in the range [0,C1][0, C-1] as the target for each value of a 1D tensor of size minibatch; if ignore_index is specified, this criterion also accepts this class index (this index may not necessarily be in the class range).

The loss can be described as:

loss(x,class)=log(exp(x[class])jexp(x[j]))=x[class]+log(jexp(x[j]))\text{loss}(x, class) = -\log\left(\frac{\exp(x[class])}{\sum_j \exp(x[j])}\right) = -x[class] + \log\left(\sum_j \exp(x[j])\right)

or in the case of the weight argument being specified:

loss(x,class)=weight[class](x[class]+log(jexp(x[j])))\text{loss}(x, class) = weight[class] \left(-x[class] + \log\left(\sum_j \exp(x[j])\right)\right)

The losses are averaged across observations for each minibatch.

Can also be used for higher dimension inputs, such as 2D images, by providing an input of size (minibatch,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(minibatch, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 , where KK is the number of dimensions, and a target of appropriate shape (see below).

Parameters
  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to each class. If given, has to be a Tensor of size C

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • ignore_index (int, optional) – Specifies a target value that is ignored and does not contribute to the input gradient. When size_average is True, the loss is averaged over non-ignored targets.

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C)(N, C) where C = number of classes, or (N,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

  • Target: (N)(N) where each value is 0targets[i]C10 \leq \text{targets}[i] \leq C-1 , or (N,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then the same size as the target: (N)(N) , or (N,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.CrossEntropyLoss()
>>> input = torch.randn(3, 5, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.empty(3, dtype=torch.long).random_(5)
>>> output = loss(input, target)
>>> output.backward()

CTCLoss

class torch.nn.CTCLoss(blank=0, reduction='mean', zero_infinity=False)[source]

The Connectionist Temporal Classification loss.

Calculates loss between a continuous (unsegmented) time series and a target sequence. CTCLoss sums over the probability of possible alignments of input to target, producing a loss value which is differentiable with respect to each input node. The alignment of input to target is assumed to be “many-to-one”, which limits the length of the target sequence such that it must be \leq the input length.

Parameters
  • blank (int, optional) – blank label. Default 00 .

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the output losses will be divided by the target lengths and then the mean over the batch is taken. Default: 'mean'

  • zero_infinity (bool, optional) – Whether to zero infinite losses and the associated gradients. Default: False Infinite losses mainly occur when the inputs are too short to be aligned to the targets.

Shape:
  • Log_probs: Tensor of size (T,N,C)(T, N, C) , where T=input lengthT = \text{input length} , N=batch sizeN = \text{batch size} , and C=number of classes (including blank)C = \text{number of classes (including blank)} . The logarithmized probabilities of the outputs (e.g. obtained with torch.nn.functional.log_softmax()).

  • Targets: Tensor of size (N,S)(N, S) or (sum(target_lengths))(\operatorname{sum}(\text{target\_lengths})) , where N=batch sizeN = \text{batch size} and S=max target length, if shape is (N,S)S = \text{max target length, if shape is } (N, S) . It represent the target sequences. Each element in the target sequence is a class index. And the target index cannot be blank (default=0). In the (N,S)(N, S) form, targets are padded to the length of the longest sequence, and stacked. In the (sum(target_lengths))(\operatorname{sum}(\text{target\_lengths})) form, the targets are assumed to be un-padded and concatenated within 1 dimension.

  • Input_lengths: Tuple or tensor of size (N)(N) , where N=batch sizeN = \text{batch size} . It represent the lengths of the inputs (must each be T\leq T ). And the lengths are specified for each sequence to achieve masking under the assumption that sequences are padded to equal lengths.

  • Target_lengths: Tuple or tensor of size (N)(N) , where N=batch sizeN = \text{batch size} . It represent lengths of the targets. Lengths are specified for each sequence to achieve masking under the assumption that sequences are padded to equal lengths. If target shape is (N,S)(N,S) , target_lengths are effectively the stop index sns_n for each target sequence, such that target_n = targets[n,0:s_n] for each target in a batch. Lengths must each be S\leq S If the targets are given as a 1d tensor that is the concatenation of individual targets, the target_lengths must add up to the total length of the tensor.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N)(N) , where N=batch sizeN = \text{batch size} .

Example:

>>> T = 50      # Input sequence length
>>> C = 20      # Number of classes (including blank)
>>> N = 16      # Batch size
>>> S = 30      # Target sequence length of longest target in batch
>>> S_min = 10  # Minimum target length, for demonstration purposes
>>>
>>> # Initialize random batch of input vectors, for *size = (T,N,C)
>>> input = torch.randn(T, N, C).log_softmax(2).detach().requires_grad_()
>>>
>>> # Initialize random batch of targets (0 = blank, 1:C = classes)
>>> target = torch.randint(low=1, high=C, size=(N, S), dtype=torch.long)
>>>
>>> input_lengths = torch.full(size=(N,), fill_value=T, dtype=torch.long)
>>> target_lengths = torch.randint(low=S_min, high=S, size=(N,), dtype=torch.long)
>>> ctc_loss = nn.CTCLoss()
>>> loss = ctc_loss(input, target, input_lengths, target_lengths)
>>> loss.backward()
Reference:

A. Graves et al.: Connectionist Temporal Classification: Labelling Unsegmented Sequence Data with Recurrent Neural Networks: https://www.cs.toronto.edu/~graves/icml_2006.pdf

Note

In order to use CuDNN, the following must be satisfied: targets must be in concatenated format, all input_lengths must be T. blank=0blank=0 , target_lengths 256\leq 256 , the integer arguments must be of dtype torch.int32.

The regular implementation uses the (more common in PyTorch) torch.long dtype.

Note

In some circumstances when using the CUDA backend with CuDNN, this operator may select a nondeterministic algorithm to increase performance. If this is undesirable, you can try to make the operation deterministic (potentially at a performance cost) by setting torch.backends.cudnn.deterministic = True. Please see the notes on Reproducibility for background.

NLLLoss

class torch.nn.NLLLoss(weight=None, size_average=None, ignore_index=-100, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

The negative log likelihood loss. It is useful to train a classification problem with C classes.

If provided, the optional argument weight should be a 1D Tensor assigning weight to each of the classes. This is particularly useful when you have an unbalanced training set.

The input given through a forward call is expected to contain log-probabilities of each class. input has to be a Tensor of size either (minibatch,C)(minibatch, C) or (minibatch,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(minibatch, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 for the K-dimensional case (described later).

Obtaining log-probabilities in a neural network is easily achieved by adding a LogSoftmax layer in the last layer of your network. You may use CrossEntropyLoss instead, if you prefer not to add an extra layer.

The target that this loss expects should be a class index in the range [0,C1][0, C-1] where C = number of classes; if ignore_index is specified, this loss also accepts this class index (this index may not necessarily be in the class range).

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=wynxn,yn,wc=weight[c]1{cignore_index},\ell(x, y) = L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top, \quad l_n = - w_{y_n} x_{n,y_n}, \quad w_{c} = \text{weight}[c] \cdot \mathbb{1}\{c \not= \text{ignore\_index}\},

where xx is the input, yy is the target, ww is the weight, and NN is the batch size. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then

(x,y)={n=1N1n=1Nwynln,if reduction=’mean’;n=1Nln,if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \sum_{n=1}^N \frac{1}{\sum_{n=1}^N w_{y_n}} l_n, & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \sum_{n=1}^N l_n, & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

Can also be used for higher dimension inputs, such as 2D images, by providing an input of size (minibatch,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(minibatch, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 , where KK is the number of dimensions, and a target of appropriate shape (see below). In the case of images, it computes NLL loss per-pixel.

Parameters
  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to each class. If given, it has to be a Tensor of size C. Otherwise, it is treated as if having all ones.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • ignore_index (int, optional) – Specifies a target value that is ignored and does not contribute to the input gradient. When size_average is True, the loss is averaged over non-ignored targets.

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C)(N, C) where C = number of classes, or (N,C,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, C, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

  • Target: (N)(N) where each value is 0targets[i]C10 \leq \text{targets}[i] \leq C-1 , or (N,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then the same size as the target: (N)(N) , or (N,d1,d2,...,dK)(N, d_1, d_2, ..., d_K) with K1K \geq 1 in the case of K-dimensional loss.

Examples:

>>> m = nn.LogSoftmax(dim=1)
>>> loss = nn.NLLLoss()
>>> # input is of size N x C = 3 x 5
>>> input = torch.randn(3, 5, requires_grad=True)
>>> # each element in target has to have 0 <= value < C
>>> target = torch.tensor([1, 0, 4])
>>> output = loss(m(input), target)
>>> output.backward()
>>>
>>>
>>> # 2D loss example (used, for example, with image inputs)
>>> N, C = 5, 4
>>> loss = nn.NLLLoss()
>>> # input is of size N x C x height x width
>>> data = torch.randn(N, 16, 10, 10)
>>> conv = nn.Conv2d(16, C, (3, 3))
>>> m = nn.LogSoftmax(dim=1)
>>> # each element in target has to have 0 <= value < C
>>> target = torch.empty(N, 8, 8, dtype=torch.long).random_(0, C)
>>> output = loss(m(conv(data)), target)
>>> output.backward()

PoissonNLLLoss

class torch.nn.PoissonNLLLoss(log_input=True, full=False, size_average=None, eps=1e-08, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Negative log likelihood loss with Poisson distribution of target.

The loss can be described as:

targetPoisson(input)loss(input,target)=inputtargetlog(input)+log(target!)\text{target} \sim \mathrm{Poisson}(\text{input}) \text{loss}(\text{input}, \text{target}) = \text{input} - \text{target} * \log(\text{input}) + \log(\text{target!})

The last term can be omitted or approximated with Stirling formula. The approximation is used for target values more than 1. For targets less or equal to 1 zeros are added to the loss.

Parameters
  • log_input (bool, optional) – if True the loss is computed as exp(input)targetinput\exp(\text{input}) - \text{target}*\text{input} , if False the loss is inputtargetlog(input+eps)\text{input} - \text{target}*\log(\text{input}+\text{eps}) .

  • full (bool, optional) –

    whether to compute full loss, i. e. to add the Stirling approximation term

    targetlog(target)target+0.5log(2πtarget).\text{target}*\log(\text{target}) - \text{target} + 0.5 * \log(2\pi\text{target}).

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • eps (float, optional) – Small value to avoid evaluation of log(0)\log(0) when log_input = False. Default: 1e-8

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.PoissonNLLLoss()
>>> log_input = torch.randn(5, 2, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.randn(5, 2)
>>> output = loss(log_input, target)
>>> output.backward()
Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar by default. If reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , the same shape as the input

KLDivLoss

class torch.nn.KLDivLoss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

The Kullback-Leibler divergence Loss

KL divergence is a useful distance measure for continuous distributions and is often useful when performing direct regression over the space of (discretely sampled) continuous output distributions.

As with NLLLoss, the input given is expected to contain log-probabilities and is not restricted to a 2D Tensor. The targets are given as probabilities (i.e. without taking the logarithm).

This criterion expects a target Tensor of the same size as the input Tensor.

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

l(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=yn(logynxn)l(x,y) = L = \{ l_1,\dots,l_N \}, \quad l_n = y_n \cdot \left( \log y_n - x_n \right)

where the index NN spans all dimensions of input and LL has the same shape as input. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then:

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';} \\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

In default reduction mode 'mean', the losses are averaged for each minibatch over observations as well as over dimensions. 'batchmean' mode gives the correct KL divergence where losses are averaged over batch dimension only. 'mean' mode’s behavior will be changed to the same as 'batchmean' in the next major release.

Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'batchmean' | 'sum' | 'mean'. 'none': no reduction will be applied. 'batchmean': the sum of the output will be divided by batchsize. 'sum': the output will be summed. 'mean': the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output. Default: 'mean'

Note

size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction.

Note

reduction = 'mean' doesn’t return the true kl divergence value, please use reduction = 'batchmean' which aligns with KL math definition. In the next major release, 'mean' will be changed to be the same as 'batchmean'.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar by default. If :attr:reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , the same shape as the input

BCELoss

class torch.nn.BCELoss(weight=None, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the Binary Cross Entropy between the target and the output:

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=wn[ynlogxn+(1yn)log(1xn)],\ell(x, y) = L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top, \quad l_n = - w_n \left[ y_n \cdot \log x_n + (1 - y_n) \cdot \log (1 - x_n) \right],

where NN is the batch size. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

This is used for measuring the error of a reconstruction in for example an auto-encoder. Note that the targets yy should be numbers between 0 and 1.

Notice that if xnx_n is either 0 or 1, one of the log terms would be mathematically undefined in the above loss equation. PyTorch chooses to set log(0)=\log (0) = -\infty , since limx0log(x)=\lim_{x\to 0} \log (x) = -\infty . However, an infinite term in the loss equation is not desirable for several reasons.

For one, if either yn=0y_n = 0 or (1yn)=0(1 - y_n) = 0 , then we would be multipying 0 with infinity. Secondly, if we have an infinite loss value, then we would also have an infinite term in our gradient, since limx0ddxlog(x)=\lim_{x\to 0} \frac{d}{dx} \log (x) = \infty . This would make BCELoss’s backward method nonlinear with respect to xnx_n , and using it for things like linear regression would not be straight-forward.

Our solution is that BCELoss clamps its log function outputs to be greater than or equal to -100. This way, we can always have a finite loss value and a linear backward method.

Parameters
  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to the loss of each batch element. If given, has to be a Tensor of size nbatch.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , same shape as input.

Examples:

>>> m = nn.Sigmoid()
>>> loss = nn.BCELoss()
>>> input = torch.randn(3, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.empty(3).random_(2)
>>> output = loss(m(input), target)
>>> output.backward()

BCEWithLogitsLoss

class torch.nn.BCEWithLogitsLoss(weight=None, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean', pos_weight=None)[source]

This loss combines a Sigmoid layer and the BCELoss in one single class. This version is more numerically stable than using a plain Sigmoid followed by a BCELoss as, by combining the operations into one layer, we take advantage of the log-sum-exp trick for numerical stability.

The unreduced (i.e. with reduction set to 'none') loss can be described as:

(x,y)=L={l1,,lN},ln=wn[ynlogσ(xn)+(1yn)log(1σ(xn))],\ell(x, y) = L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top, \quad l_n = - w_n \left[ y_n \cdot \log \sigma(x_n) + (1 - y_n) \cdot \log (1 - \sigma(x_n)) \right],

where NN is the batch size. If reduction is not 'none' (default 'mean'), then

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

This is used for measuring the error of a reconstruction in for example an auto-encoder. Note that the targets t[i] should be numbers between 0 and 1.

It’s possible to trade off recall and precision by adding weights to positive examples. In the case of multi-label classification the loss can be described as:

c(x,y)=Lc={l1,c,,lN,c},ln,c=wn,c[pcyn,clogσ(xn,c)+(1yn,c)log(1σ(xn,c))],\ell_c(x, y) = L_c = \{l_{1,c},\dots,l_{N,c}\}^\top, \quad l_{n,c} = - w_{n,c} \left[ p_c y_{n,c} \cdot \log \sigma(x_{n,c}) + (1 - y_{n,c}) \cdot \log (1 - \sigma(x_{n,c})) \right],

where cc is the class number (c>1c > 1 for multi-label binary classification, c=1c = 1 for single-label binary classification), nn is the number of the sample in the batch and pcp_c is the weight of the positive answer for the class cc .

pc>1p_c > 1 increases the recall, pc<1p_c < 1 increases the precision.

For example, if a dataset contains 100 positive and 300 negative examples of a single class, then pos_weight for the class should be equal to 300100=3\frac{300}{100}=3 . The loss would act as if the dataset contains 3×100=3003\times 100=300 positive examples.

Examples:

>>> target = torch.ones([10, 64], dtype=torch.float32)  # 64 classes, batch size = 10
>>> output = torch.full([10, 64], 1.5)  # A prediction (logit)
>>> pos_weight = torch.ones([64])  # All weights are equal to 1
>>> criterion = torch.nn.BCEWithLogitsLoss(pos_weight=pos_weight)
>>> criterion(output, target)  # -log(sigmoid(1.5))
tensor(0.2014)
Parameters
  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to the loss of each batch element. If given, has to be a Tensor of size nbatch.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

  • pos_weight (Tensor, optional) – a weight of positive examples. Must be a vector with length equal to the number of classes.

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , same shape as input.

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.BCEWithLogitsLoss()
>>> input = torch.randn(3, requires_grad=True)
>>> target = torch.empty(3).random_(2)
>>> output = loss(input, target)
>>> output.backward()

MarginRankingLoss

class torch.nn.MarginRankingLoss(margin=0.0, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the loss given inputs x1x1 , x2x2 , two 1D mini-batch Tensors, and a label 1D mini-batch tensor yy (containing 1 or -1).

If y=1y = 1 then it assumed the first input should be ranked higher (have a larger value) than the second input, and vice-versa for y=1y = -1 .

The loss function for each sample in the mini-batch is:

loss(x,y)=max(0,y(x1x2)+margin)\text{loss}(x, y) = \max(0, -y * (x1 - x2) + \text{margin})
Parameters
  • margin (float, optional) – Has a default value of 00 .

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,D)(N, D) where N is the batch size and D is the size of a sample.

  • Target: (N)(N)

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N)(N) .

HingeEmbeddingLoss

class torch.nn.HingeEmbeddingLoss(margin=1.0, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Measures the loss given an input tensor xx and a labels tensor yy (containing 1 or -1). This is usually used for measuring whether two inputs are similar or dissimilar, e.g. using the L1 pairwise distance as xx , and is typically used for learning nonlinear embeddings or semi-supervised learning.

The loss function for nn -th sample in the mini-batch is

ln={xn,if  yn=1,max{0,Δxn},if  yn=1,l_n = \begin{cases} x_n, & \text{if}\; y_n = 1,\\ \max \{0, \Delta - x_n\}, & \text{if}\; y_n = -1, \end{cases}

and the total loss functions is

(x,y)={mean(L),if reduction=’mean’;sum(L),if reduction=’sum’.\ell(x, y) = \begin{cases} \operatorname{mean}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'mean';}\\ \operatorname{sum}(L), & \text{if reduction} = \text{'sum'.} \end{cases}

where L={l1,,lN}L = \{l_1,\dots,l_N\}^\top .

Parameters
  • margin (float, optional) – Has a default value of 1.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) where * means, any number of dimensions. The sum operation operates over all the elements.

  • Target: ()(*) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then same shape as the input

MultiLabelMarginLoss

class torch.nn.MultiLabelMarginLoss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that optimizes a multi-class multi-classification hinge loss (margin-based loss) between input xx (a 2D mini-batch Tensor) and output yy (which is a 2D Tensor of target class indices). For each sample in the mini-batch:

loss(x,y)=ijmax(0,1(x[y[j]]x[i]))x.size(0)\text{loss}(x, y) = \sum_{ij}\frac{\max(0, 1 - (x[y[j]] - x[i]))}{\text{x.size}(0)}

where x{0,  ,  x.size(0)1}x \in \left\{0, \; \cdots , \; \text{x.size}(0) - 1\right\} , y{0,  ,  y.size(0)1}y \in \left\{0, \; \cdots , \; \text{y.size}(0) - 1\right\} , 0y[j]x.size(0)10 \leq y[j] \leq \text{x.size}(0)-1 , and iy[j]i \neq y[j] for all ii and jj .

yy and xx must have the same size.

The criterion only considers a contiguous block of non-negative targets that starts at the front.

This allows for different samples to have variable amounts of target classes.

Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (C)(C) or (N,C)(N, C) where N is the batch size and C is the number of classes.

  • Target: (C)(C) or (N,C)(N, C) , label targets padded by -1 ensuring same shape as the input.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N)(N) .

Examples:

>>> loss = nn.MultiLabelMarginLoss()
>>> x = torch.FloatTensor([[0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8]])
>>> # for target y, only consider labels 3 and 0, not after label -1
>>> y = torch.LongTensor([[3, 0, -1, 1]])
>>> loss(x, y)
>>> # 0.25 * ((1-(0.1-0.2)) + (1-(0.1-0.4)) + (1-(0.8-0.2)) + (1-(0.8-0.4)))
tensor(0.8500)

SmoothL1Loss

class torch.nn.SmoothL1Loss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that uses a squared term if the absolute element-wise error falls below 1 and an L1 term otherwise. It is less sensitive to outliers than the MSELoss and in some cases prevents exploding gradients (e.g. see Fast R-CNN paper by Ross Girshick). Also known as the Huber loss:

loss(x,y)=1nizi\text{loss}(x, y) = \frac{1}{n} \sum_{i} z_{i}

where ziz_{i} is given by:

zi={0.5(xiyi)2,if xiyi<1xiyi0.5,otherwise z_{i} = \begin{cases} 0.5 (x_i - y_i)^2, & \text{if } |x_i - y_i| < 1 \\ |x_i - y_i| - 0.5, & \text{otherwise } \end{cases}

xx and yy arbitrary shapes with a total of nn elements each the sum operation still operates over all the elements, and divides by nn .

The division by nn can be avoided if sets reduction = 'sum'.

Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,)(N, *) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N,)(N, *) , same shape as the input

SoftMarginLoss

class torch.nn.SoftMarginLoss(size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that optimizes a two-class classification logistic loss between input tensor xx and target tensor yy (containing 1 or -1).

loss(x,y)=ilog(1+exp(y[i]x[i]))x.nelement()\text{loss}(x, y) = \sum_i \frac{\log(1 + \exp(-y[i]*x[i]))}{\text{x.nelement}()}
Parameters
  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: ()(*) where * means, any number of additional dimensions

  • Target: ()(*) , same shape as the input

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then same shape as the input

MultiLabelSoftMarginLoss

class torch.nn.MultiLabelSoftMarginLoss(weight=None, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that optimizes a multi-label one-versus-all loss based on max-entropy, between input xx and target yy of size (N,C)(N, C) . For each sample in the minibatch:

loss(x,y)=1Ciy[i]log((1+exp(x[i]))1)+(1y[i])log(exp(x[i])(1+exp(x[i])))loss(x, y) = - \frac{1}{C} * \sum_i y[i] * \log((1 + \exp(-x[i]))^{-1}) + (1-y[i]) * \log\left(\frac{\exp(-x[i])}{(1 + \exp(-x[i]))}\right)

where i{0,  ,  x.nElement()1}i \in \left\{0, \; \cdots , \; \text{x.nElement}() - 1\right\} , y[i]{0,  1}y[i] \in \left\{0, \; 1\right\} .

Parameters
  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to each class. If given, it has to be a Tensor of size C. Otherwise, it is treated as if having all ones.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C)(N, C) where N is the batch size and C is the number of classes.

  • Target: (N,C)(N, C) , label targets padded by -1 ensuring same shape as the input.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N)(N) .

CosineEmbeddingLoss

class torch.nn.CosineEmbeddingLoss(margin=0.0, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the loss given input tensors x1x_1 , x2x_2 and a Tensor label yy with values 1 or -1. This is used for measuring whether two inputs are similar or dissimilar, using the cosine distance, and is typically used for learning nonlinear embeddings or semi-supervised learning.

The loss function for each sample is:

loss(x,y)={1cos(x1,x2),if y=1max(0,cos(x1,x2)margin),if y=1\text{loss}(x, y) = \begin{cases} 1 - \cos(x_1, x_2), & \text{if } y = 1 \\ \max(0, \cos(x_1, x_2) - \text{margin}), & \text{if } y = -1 \end{cases}
Parameters
  • margin (float, optional) – Should be a number from 1-1 to 11 , 00 to 0.50.5 is suggested. If margin is missing, the default value is 00 .

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

MultiMarginLoss

class torch.nn.MultiMarginLoss(p=1, margin=1.0, weight=None, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that optimizes a multi-class classification hinge loss (margin-based loss) between input xx (a 2D mini-batch Tensor) and output yy (which is a 1D tensor of target class indices, 0yx.size(1)10 \leq y \leq \text{x.size}(1)-1 ):

For each mini-batch sample, the loss in terms of the 1D input xx and scalar output yy is:

loss(x,y)=imax(0,marginx[y]+x[i]))px.size(0)\text{loss}(x, y) = \frac{\sum_i \max(0, \text{margin} - x[y] + x[i]))^p}{\text{x.size}(0)}

where x{0,  ,  x.size(0)1}x \in \left\{0, \; \cdots , \; \text{x.size}(0) - 1\right\} and iyi \neq y .

Optionally, you can give non-equal weighting on the classes by passing a 1D weight tensor into the constructor.

The loss function then becomes:

loss(x,y)=imax(0,w[y](marginx[y]+x[i]))p)x.size(0)\text{loss}(x, y) = \frac{\sum_i \max(0, w[y] * (\text{margin} - x[y] + x[i]))^p)}{\text{x.size}(0)}
Parameters
  • p (int, optional) – Has a default value of 11 . 11 and 22 are the only supported values.

  • margin (float, optional) – Has a default value of 11 .

  • weight (Tensor, optional) – a manual rescaling weight given to each class. If given, it has to be a Tensor of size C. Otherwise, it is treated as if having all ones.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

TripletMarginLoss

class torch.nn.TripletMarginLoss(margin=1.0, p=2.0, eps=1e-06, swap=False, size_average=None, reduce=None, reduction='mean')[source]

Creates a criterion that measures the triplet loss given an input tensors x1x1 , x2x2 , x3x3 and a margin with a value greater than 00 . This is used for measuring a relative similarity between samples. A triplet is composed by a, p and n (i.e., anchor, positive examples and negative examples respectively). The shapes of all input tensors should be (N,D)(N, D) .

The distance swap is described in detail in the paper Learning shallow convolutional feature descriptors with triplet losses by V. Balntas, E. Riba et al.

The loss function for each sample in the mini-batch is:

L(a,p,n)=max{d(ai,pi)d(ai,ni)+margin,0}L(a, p, n) = \max \{d(a_i, p_i) - d(a_i, n_i) + {\rm margin}, 0\}

where

d(xi,yi)=xiyipd(x_i, y_i) = \left\lVert {\bf x}_i - {\bf y}_i \right\rVert_p
Parameters
  • margin (float, optional) – Default: 11 .

  • p (int, optional) – The norm degree for pairwise distance. Default: 22 .

  • swap (bool, optional) – The distance swap is described in detail in the paper Learning shallow convolutional feature descriptors with triplet losses by V. Balntas, E. Riba et al. Default: False.

  • size_average (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged over each loss element in the batch. Note that for some losses, there are multiple elements per sample. If the field size_average is set to False, the losses are instead summed for each minibatch. Ignored when reduce is False. Default: True

  • reduce (bool, optional) – Deprecated (see reduction). By default, the losses are averaged or summed over observations for each minibatch depending on size_average. When reduce is False, returns a loss per batch element instead and ignores size_average. Default: True

  • reduction (string, optional) – Specifies the reduction to apply to the output: 'none' | 'mean' | 'sum'. 'none': no reduction will be applied, 'mean': the sum of the output will be divided by the number of elements in the output, 'sum': the output will be summed. Note: size_average and reduce are in the process of being deprecated, and in the meantime, specifying either of those two args will override reduction. Default: 'mean'

Shape:
  • Input: (N,D)(N, D) where DD is the vector dimension.

  • Output: scalar. If reduction is 'none', then (N)(N) .

>>> triplet_loss = nn.TripletMarginLoss(margin=1.0, p=2)
>>> anchor = torch.randn(100, 128, requires_grad=True)
>>> positive = torch.randn(100, 128, requires_grad=True)
>>> negative = torch.randn(100, 128, requires_grad=True)
>>> output = triplet_loss(anchor, positive, negative)
>>> output.backward()

Vision layers

PixelShuffle

class torch.nn.PixelShuffle(upscale_factor)[source]

Rearranges elements in a tensor of shape (,C×r2,H,W)(*, C \times r^2, H, W) to a tensor of shape (,C,H×r,W×r)(*, C, H \times r, W \times r) .

This is useful for implementing efficient sub-pixel convolution with a stride of 1/r1/r .

Look at the paper: Real-Time Single Image and Video Super-Resolution Using an Efficient Sub-Pixel Convolutional Neural Network by Shi et. al (2016) for more details.

Parameters

upscale_factor (int) – factor to increase spatial resolution by

Shape:
  • Input: (N,L,Hin,Win)(N, L, H_{in}, W_{in}) where L=C×upscale_factor2L=C \times \text{upscale\_factor}^2

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where Hout=Hin×upscale_factorH_{out} = H_{in} \times \text{upscale\_factor} and Wout=Win×upscale_factorW_{out} = W_{in} \times \text{upscale\_factor}

Examples:

>>> pixel_shuffle = nn.PixelShuffle(3)
>>> input = torch.randn(1, 9, 4, 4)
>>> output = pixel_shuffle(input)
>>> print(output.size())
torch.Size([1, 1, 12, 12])

Upsample

class torch.nn.Upsample(size=None, scale_factor=None, mode='nearest', align_corners=None)[source]

Upsamples a given multi-channel 1D (temporal), 2D (spatial) or 3D (volumetric) data.

The input data is assumed to be of the form minibatch x channels x [optional depth] x [optional height] x width. Hence, for spatial inputs, we expect a 4D Tensor and for volumetric inputs, we expect a 5D Tensor.

The algorithms available for upsampling are nearest neighbor and linear, bilinear, bicubic and trilinear for 3D, 4D and 5D input Tensor, respectively.

One can either give a scale_factor or the target output size to calculate the output size. (You cannot give both, as it is ambiguous)

Parameters
  • size (int or Tuple[int] or Tuple[int, int] or Tuple[int, int, int], optional) – output spatial sizes

  • scale_factor (float or Tuple[float] or Tuple[float, float] or Tuple[float, float, float], optional) – multiplier for spatial size. Has to match input size if it is a tuple.

  • mode (str, optional) – the upsampling algorithm: one of 'nearest', 'linear', 'bilinear', 'bicubic' and 'trilinear'. Default: 'nearest'

  • align_corners (bool, optional) – if True, the corner pixels of the input and output tensors are aligned, and thus preserving the values at those pixels. This only has effect when mode is 'linear', 'bilinear', or 'trilinear'. Default: False

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Win)(N, C, W_{in}) , (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in}) or (N,C,Din,Hin,Win)(N, C, D_{in}, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Wout)(N, C, W_{out}) , (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) or (N,C,Dout,Hout,Wout)(N, C, D_{out}, H_{out}, W_{out}) , where

Dout=Din×scale_factorD_{out} = \left\lfloor D_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor
Hout=Hin×scale_factorH_{out} = \left\lfloor H_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor
Wout=Win×scale_factorW_{out} = \left\lfloor W_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor

Warning

With align_corners = True, the linearly interpolating modes (linear, bilinear, bicubic, and trilinear) don’t proportionally align the output and input pixels, and thus the output values can depend on the input size. This was the default behavior for these modes up to version 0.3.1. Since then, the default behavior is align_corners = False. See below for concrete examples on how this affects the outputs.

Note

If you want downsampling/general resizing, you should use interpolate().

Examples:

>>> input = torch.arange(1, 5, dtype=torch.float32).view(1, 1, 2, 2)
>>> input
tensor([[[[ 1.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  4.]]]])

>>> m = nn.Upsample(scale_factor=2, mode='nearest')
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
          [ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.],
          [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.]]]])

>>> m = nn.Upsample(scale_factor=2, mode='bilinear')  # align_corners=False
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.0000,  1.2500,  1.7500,  2.0000],
          [ 1.5000,  1.7500,  2.2500,  2.5000],
          [ 2.5000,  2.7500,  3.2500,  3.5000],
          [ 3.0000,  3.2500,  3.7500,  4.0000]]]])

>>> m = nn.Upsample(scale_factor=2, mode='bilinear', align_corners=True)
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.0000,  1.3333,  1.6667,  2.0000],
          [ 1.6667,  2.0000,  2.3333,  2.6667],
          [ 2.3333,  2.6667,  3.0000,  3.3333],
          [ 3.0000,  3.3333,  3.6667,  4.0000]]]])

>>> # Try scaling the same data in a larger tensor
>>>
>>> input_3x3 = torch.zeros(3, 3).view(1, 1, 3, 3)
>>> input_3x3[:, :, :2, :2].copy_(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  4.]]]])
>>> input_3x3
tensor([[[[ 1.,  2.,  0.],
          [ 3.,  4.,  0.],
          [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]]])

>>> m = nn.Upsample(scale_factor=2, mode='bilinear')  # align_corners=False
>>> # Notice that values in top left corner are the same with the small input (except at boundary)
>>> m(input_3x3)
tensor([[[[ 1.0000,  1.2500,  1.7500,  1.5000,  0.5000,  0.0000],
          [ 1.5000,  1.7500,  2.2500,  1.8750,  0.6250,  0.0000],
          [ 2.5000,  2.7500,  3.2500,  2.6250,  0.8750,  0.0000],
          [ 2.2500,  2.4375,  2.8125,  2.2500,  0.7500,  0.0000],
          [ 0.7500,  0.8125,  0.9375,  0.7500,  0.2500,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000]]]])

>>> m = nn.Upsample(scale_factor=2, mode='bilinear', align_corners=True)
>>> # Notice that values in top left corner are now changed
>>> m(input_3x3)
tensor([[[[ 1.0000,  1.4000,  1.8000,  1.6000,  0.8000,  0.0000],
          [ 1.8000,  2.2000,  2.6000,  2.2400,  1.1200,  0.0000],
          [ 2.6000,  3.0000,  3.4000,  2.8800,  1.4400,  0.0000],
          [ 2.4000,  2.7200,  3.0400,  2.5600,  1.2800,  0.0000],
          [ 1.2000,  1.3600,  1.5200,  1.2800,  0.6400,  0.0000],
          [ 0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000,  0.0000]]]])

UpsamplingNearest2d

class torch.nn.UpsamplingNearest2d(size=None, scale_factor=None)[source]

Applies a 2D nearest neighbor upsampling to an input signal composed of several input channels.

To specify the scale, it takes either the size or the scale_factor as it’s constructor argument.

When size is given, it is the output size of the image (h, w).

Parameters
  • size (int or Tuple[int, int], optional) – output spatial sizes

  • scale_factor (float or Tuple[float, float], optional) – multiplier for spatial size.

Warning

This class is deprecated in favor of interpolate().

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

Hout=Hin×scale_factorH_{out} = \left\lfloor H_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor
Wout=Win×scale_factorW_{out} = \left\lfloor W_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> input = torch.arange(1, 5, dtype=torch.float32).view(1, 1, 2, 2)
>>> input
tensor([[[[ 1.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  4.]]]])

>>> m = nn.UpsamplingNearest2d(scale_factor=2)
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
          [ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.],
          [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.]]]])

UpsamplingBilinear2d

class torch.nn.UpsamplingBilinear2d(size=None, scale_factor=None)[source]

Applies a 2D bilinear upsampling to an input signal composed of several input channels.

To specify the scale, it takes either the size or the scale_factor as it’s constructor argument.

When size is given, it is the output size of the image (h, w).

Parameters
  • size (int or Tuple[int, int], optional) – output spatial sizes

  • scale_factor (float or Tuple[float, float], optional) – multiplier for spatial size.

Warning

This class is deprecated in favor of interpolate(). It is equivalent to nn.functional.interpolate(..., mode='bilinear', align_corners=True).

Shape:
  • Input: (N,C,Hin,Win)(N, C, H_{in}, W_{in})

  • Output: (N,C,Hout,Wout)(N, C, H_{out}, W_{out}) where

Hout=Hin×scale_factorH_{out} = \left\lfloor H_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor
Wout=Win×scale_factorW_{out} = \left\lfloor W_{in} \times \text{scale\_factor} \right\rfloor

Examples:

>>> input = torch.arange(1, 5, dtype=torch.float32).view(1, 1, 2, 2)
>>> input
tensor([[[[ 1.,  2.],
          [ 3.,  4.]]]])

>>> m = nn.UpsamplingBilinear2d(scale_factor=2)
>>> m(input)
tensor([[[[ 1.0000,  1.3333,  1.6667,  2.0000],
          [ 1.6667,  2.0000,  2.3333,  2.6667],
          [ 2.3333,  2.6667,  3.0000,  3.3333],
          [ 3.0000,  3.3333,  3.6667,  4.0000]]]])

DataParallel layers (multi-GPU, distributed)

DataParallel

class torch.nn.DataParallel(module, device_ids=None, output_device=None, dim=0)[source]

Implements data parallelism at the module level.

This container parallelizes the application of the given module by splitting the input across the specified devices by chunking in the batch dimension (other objects will be copied once per device). In the forward pass, the module is replicated on each device, and each replica handles a portion of the input. During the backwards pass, gradients from each replica are summed into the original module.

The batch size should be larger than the number of GPUs used.

Warning

It is recommended to use DistributedDataParallel, instead of this class, to do multi-GPU training, even if there is only a single node. See: Use nn.parallel.DistributedDataParallel instead of multiprocessing or nn.DataParallel and Distributed Data Parallel.

Arbitrary positional and keyword inputs are allowed to be passed into DataParallel but some types are specially handled. tensors will be scattered on dim specified (default 0). tuple, list and dict types will be shallow copied. The other types will be shared among different threads and can be corrupted if written to in the model’s forward pass.

The parallelized module must have its parameters and buffers on device_ids[0] before running this DataParallel module.

Warning

In each forward, module is replicated on each device, so any updates to the running module in forward will be lost. For example, if module has a counter attribute that is incremented in each forward, it will always stay at the initial value because the update is done on the replicas which are destroyed after forward. However, DataParallel guarantees that the replica on device[0] will have its parameters and buffers sharing storage with the base parallelized module. So in-place updates to the parameters or buffers on device[0] will be recorded. E.g., BatchNorm2d and spectral_norm() rely on this behavior to update the buffers.

Warning

Forward and backward hooks defined on module and its submodules will be invoked len(device_ids) times, each with inputs located on a particular device. Particularly, the hooks are only guaranteed to be executed in correct order with respect to operations on corresponding devices. For example, it is not guaranteed that hooks set via register_forward_pre_hook() be executed before all len(device_ids) forward() calls, but that each such hook be executed before the corresponding forward() call of that device.

Warning

When module returns a scalar (i.e., 0-dimensional tensor) in forward(), this wrapper will return a vector of length equal to number of devices used in data parallelism, containing the result from each device.

Note

There is a subtlety in using the pack sequence -> recurrent network -> unpack sequence pattern in a Module wrapped in DataParallel. See My recurrent network doesn’t work with data parallelism section in FAQ for details.

Parameters
  • module (Module) – module to be parallelized

  • device_ids (list of python:int or torch.device) – CUDA devices (default: all devices)

  • output_device (int or torch.device) – device location of output (default: device_ids[0])

Variables

~DataParallel.module (Module) – the module to be parallelized

Example:

>>> net = torch.nn.DataParallel(model, device_ids=[0, 1, 2])
>>> output = net(input_var)  # input_var can be on any device, including CPU

DistributedDataParallel

class torch.nn.parallel.DistributedDataParallel(module, device_ids=None, output_device=None, dim=0, broadcast_buffers=True, process_group=None, bucket_cap_mb=25, find_unused_parameters=False, check_reduction=False)[source]

Implements distributed data parallelism that is based on torch.distributed package at the module level.

This container parallelizes the application of the given module by splitting the input across the specified devices by chunking in the batch dimension. The module is replicated on each machine and each device, and each such replica handles a portion of the input. During the backwards pass, gradients from each node are averaged.

The batch size should be larger than the number of GPUs used locally.

See also: Basics and Use nn.parallel.DistributedDataParallel instead of multiprocessing or nn.DataParallel. The same constraints on input as in torch.nn.DataParallel apply.

Creation of this class requires that torch.distributed to be already initialized, by calling torch.distributed.init_process_group().

DistributedDataParallel is proven to be significantly faster than torch.nn.DataParallel for single-node multi-GPU data parallel training.

Here is how to use it: on each host with N GPUs, you should spawn up N processes, while ensuring that each process individually works on a single GPU from 0 to N-1. Therefore, it is your job to ensure that your training script operates on a single given GPU by calling:

>>> torch.cuda.set_device(i)

where i is from 0 to N-1. In each process, you should refer the following to construct this module:

>>> torch.distributed.init_process_group(backend='nccl', world_size=4, init_method='...')
>>> model = DistributedDataParallel(model, device_ids=[i], output_device=i)

In order to spawn up multiple processes per node, you can use either torch.distributed.launch or torch.multiprocessing.spawn

Note

nccl backend is currently the fastest and highly recommended backend to be used with Multi-Process Single-GPU distributed training and this applies to both single-node and multi-node distributed training

Note

This module also supports mixed-precision distributed training. This means that your model can have different types of parameters such as mixed types of fp16 and fp32, the gradient reduction on these mixed types of parameters will just work fine. Also note that nccl backend is currently the fastest and highly recommended backend for fp16/fp32 mixed-precision training.

Note

If you use torch.save on one process to checkpoint the module, and torch.load on some other processes to recover it, make sure that map_location is configured properly for every process. Without map_location, torch.load would recover the module to devices where the module was saved from.

Warning

This module works only with the gloo and nccl backends.

Warning

Constructor, forward method, and differentiation of the output (or a function of the output of this module) is a distributed synchronization point. Take that into account in case different processes might be executing different code.

Warning

This module assumes all parameters are registered in the model by the time it is created. No parameters should be added nor removed later. Same applies to buffers.

Warning

This module assumes all parameters are registered in the model of each distributed processes are in the same order. The module itself will conduct gradient all-reduction following the reverse order of the registered parameters of the model. In other words, it is users’ responsibility to ensure that each distributed process has the exact same model and thus the exact same parameter registration order.

Warning

This module assumes all buffers and gradients are dense.

Warning

This module doesn’t work with torch.autograd.grad() (i.e. it will only work if gradients are to be accumulated in .grad attributes of parameters).

Warning

If you plan on using this module with a nccl backend or a gloo backend (that uses Infiniband), together with a DataLoader that uses multiple workers, please change the multiprocessing start method to forkserver (Python 3 only) or spawn. Unfortunately Gloo (that uses Infiniband) and NCCL2 are not fork safe, and you will likely experience deadlocks if you don’t change this setting.

Warning

Forward and backward hooks defined on module and its submodules won’t be invoked anymore, unless the hooks are initialized in the forward() method.

Warning

You should never try to change your model’s parameters after wrapping up your model with DistributedDataParallel. In other words, when wrapping up your model with DistributedDataParallel, the constructor of DistributedDataParallel will register the additional gradient reduction functions on all the parameters of the model itself at the time of construction. If you change the model’s parameters after the DistributedDataParallel construction, this is not supported and unexpected behaviors can happen, since some parameters’ gradient reduction functions might not get called.

Note

Parameters are never broadcast between processes. The module performs an all-reduce step on gradients and assumes that they will be modified by the optimizer in all processes in the same way. Buffers (e.g. BatchNorm stats) are broadcast from the module in process of rank 0, to all other replicas in the system in every iteration.

Parameters
  • module (Module) – module to be parallelized

  • device_ids (list of python:int or torch.device) – CUDA devices. This should only be provided when the input module resides on a single CUDA device. For single-device modules, the i``th :attr:`module` replica is placed on ``device_ids[i]. For multi-device modules and CPU modules, device_ids must be None or an empty list, and input data for the forward pass must be placed on the correct device. (default: all devices for single-device modules)

  • output_device (int or torch.device) – device location of output for single-device CUDA modules. For multi-device modules and CPU modules, it must be None, and the module itself dictates the output location. (default: device_ids[0] for single-device modules)

  • broadcast_buffers (bool) – flag that enables syncing (broadcasting) buffers of the module at beginning of the forward function. (default: True)

  • process_group – the process group to be used for distributed data all-reduction. If None, the default process group, which is created by `torch.distributed.init_process_group`, will be used. (default: None)

  • bucket_cap_mb – DistributedDataParallel will bucket parameters into multiple buckets so that gradient reduction of each bucket can potentially overlap with backward computation. bucket_cap_mb controls the bucket size in MegaBytes (MB) (default: 25)

  • find_unused_parameters (bool) – Traverse the autograd graph of all tensors contained in the return value of the wrapped module’s forward function. Parameters that don’t receive gradients as part of this graph are preemptively marked as being ready to be reduced. Note that all forward outputs that are derived from module parameters must participate in calculating loss and later the gradient computation. If they don’t, this wrapper will hang waiting for autograd to produce gradients for those parameters. Any outputs derived from module parameters that are otherwise unused can be detached from the autograd graph using torch.Tensor.detach. (default: False)

  • check_reduction – when setting to True, it enables DistributedDataParallel to automatically check if the previous iteration’s backward reductions were successfully issued at the beginning of every iteration’s forward function. You normally don’t need this option enabled unless you are observing weird behaviors such as different ranks are getting different gradients, which should not happen if DistributedDataParallel is correctly used. (default: False)

Variables

~DistributedDataParallel.module (Module) – the module to be parallelized

Example:

>>> torch.distributed.init_process_group(backend='nccl', world_size=4, init_method='...')
>>> net = torch.nn.DistributedDataParallel(model, pg)
no_sync()[source]

A context manager to disable gradient synchronizations across DDP processes. Within this context, gradients will be accumulated on module variables, which will later be synchronized in the first forward-backward pass exiting the context.

Example:

>>> ddp = torch.nn.DistributedDataParallel(model, pg)
>>> with ddp.no_sync():
...   for input in inputs:
...     ddp(input).backward()  # no synchronization, accumulate grads
... ddp(another_input).backward()  # synchronize grads

Utilities

clip_grad_norm_

torch.nn.utils.clip_grad_norm_(parameters, max_norm, norm_type=2)[source]

Clips gradient norm of an iterable of parameters.

The norm is computed over all gradients together, as if they were concatenated into a single vector. Gradients are modified in-place.

Parameters
  • parameters (Iterable[Tensor] or Tensor) – an iterable of Tensors or a single Tensor that will have gradients normalized

  • max_norm (float or int) – max norm of the gradients

  • norm_type (float or int) – type of the used p-norm. Can be 'inf' for infinity norm.

Returns

Total norm of the parameters (viewed as a single vector).

clip_grad_value_

torch.nn.utils.clip_grad_value_(parameters, clip_value)[source]

Clips gradient of an iterable of parameters at specified value.

Gradients are modified in-place.

Parameters
  • parameters (Iterable[Tensor] or Tensor) – an iterable of Tensors or a single Tensor that will have gradients normalized

  • clip_value (float or int) – maximum allowed value of the gradients. The gradients are clipped in the range [-clip_value,clip_value]\left[\text{-clip\_value}, \text{clip\_value}\right]

parameters_to_vector

torch.nn.utils.parameters_to_vector(parameters)[source]

Convert parameters to one vector

Parameters

parameters (Iterable[Tensor]) – an iterator of Tensors that are the parameters of a model.

Returns

The parameters represented by a single vector

vector_to_parameters

torch.nn.utils.vector_to_parameters(vec, parameters)[source]

Convert one vector to the parameters

Parameters
  • vec (Tensor) – a single vector represents the parameters of a model.

  • parameters (Iterable[Tensor]) – an iterator of Tensors that are the parameters of a model.

BasePruningMethod

class torch.nn.utils.prune.BasePruningMethod[source]

Abstract base class for creation of new pruning techniques.

Provides a skeleton for customization requiring the overriding of methods such as compute_mask() and apply().

classmethod apply(module, name, *args, **kwargs)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • args – arguments passed on to a subclass of BasePruningMethod

  • kwargs – keyword arguments passed on to a subclass of a BasePruningMethod

apply_mask(module)[source]

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

abstract compute_mask(t, default_mask)[source]

Computes and returns a mask for the input tensor t. Starting from a base default_mask (which should be a mask of ones if the tensor has not been pruned yet), generate a random mask to apply on top of the default_mask according to the specific pruning method recipe.

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor representing the parameter to prune

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor) – Base mask from previous pruning iterations, that need to be respected after the new mask is applied. Same dims as t.

Returns

mask to apply to t, of same dims as t

Return type

mask (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)[source]

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)[source]

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

PruningContainer

class torch.nn.utils.prune.PruningContainer(*args)[source]

Container holding a sequence of pruning methods for iterative pruning. Keeps track of the order in which pruning methods are applied and handles combining successive pruning calls.

Accepts as argument an instance of a BasePruningMethod or an iterable of them.

add_pruning_method(method)[source]

Adds a child pruning method to the container.

Parameters

method (subclass of BasePruningMethod) – child pruning method to be added to the container.

classmethod apply(module, name, *args, **kwargs)

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • args – arguments passed on to a subclass of BasePruningMethod

  • kwargs – keyword arguments passed on to a subclass of a BasePruningMethod

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

compute_mask(t, default_mask)[source]

Applies the latest method by computing the new partial masks and returning its combination with the default_mask. The new partial mask should be computed on the entries or channels that were not zeroed out by the default_mask. Which portions of the tensor t the new mask will be calculated from depends on the PRUNING_TYPE (handled by the type handler):

  • for ‘unstructured’, the mask will be computed from the raveled

list of nonmasked entries;

  • for ‘structured’, the mask will be computed from the nonmasked

channels in the tensor;

  • for ‘global’, the mask will be computed across all entries.

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor representing the parameter to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor) – mask from previous pruning iteration.

Returns

new mask that combines the effects of the default_mask and the new mask from the current pruning method (of same dimensions as default_mask and t).

Return type

mask (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

Identity

class torch.nn.utils.prune.Identity[source]

Utility pruning method that does not prune any units but generates the pruning parametrization with a mask of ones.

classmethod apply(module, name)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

RandomUnstructured

class torch.nn.utils.prune.RandomUnstructured(amount)[source]

Prune (currently unpruned) units in a tensor at random.

Parameters
  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

classmethod apply(module, name, amount)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

L1Unstructured

class torch.nn.utils.prune.L1Unstructured(amount)[source]

Prune (currently unpruned) units in a tensor by zeroing out the ones with the lowest L1-norm.

Parameters

amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

classmethod apply(module, name, amount)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

RandomStructured

class torch.nn.utils.prune.RandomStructured(amount, dim=-1)[source]

Prune entire (currently unpruned) channels in a tensor at random.

Parameters
  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • dim (int, optional) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune. Default: -1.

classmethod apply(module, name, amount, dim=-1)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • dim (int, optional) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune. Default: -1.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

compute_mask(t, default_mask)[source]

Computes and returns a mask for the input tensor t. Starting from a base default_mask (which should be a mask of ones if the tensor has not been pruned yet), generate a random mask to apply on top of the default_mask by randomly zeroing out channels along the specified dim of the tensor.

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor representing the parameter to prune

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor) – Base mask from previous pruning iterations, that need to be respected after the new mask is applied. Same dims as t.

Returns

mask to apply to t, of same dims as t

Return type

mask (torch.Tensor)

Raises

IndexError – if self.dim >= len(t.shape)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

LnStructured

class torch.nn.utils.prune.LnStructured(amount, n, dim=-1)[source]

Prune entire (currently unpruned) channels in a tensor based on their Ln-norm.

Parameters
  • amount (int or float) – quantity of channels to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • n (int, float, inf, -inf, 'fro', 'nuc') – See documentation of valid entries for argument p in torch.norm().

  • dim (int, optional) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune. Default: -1.

classmethod apply(module, name, amount, n, dim)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • n (int, float, inf, -inf, 'fro', 'nuc') – See documentation of valid entries for argument p in torch.norm().

  • dim (int) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

compute_mask(t, default_mask)[source]

Computes and returns a mask for the input tensor t. Starting from a base default_mask (which should be a mask of ones if the tensor has not been pruned yet), generate a mask to apply on top of the default_mask by zeroing out the channels along the specified dim with the lowest Ln-norm.

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor representing the parameter to prune

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor) – Base mask from previous pruning iterations, that need to be respected after the new mask is applied. Same dims as t.

Returns

mask to apply to t, of same dims as t

Return type

mask (torch.Tensor)

Raises

IndexError – if self.dim >= len(t.shape)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

CustomFromMask

class torch.nn.utils.prune.CustomFromMask(mask)[source]
classmethod apply(module, name, mask)[source]

Adds the forward pre-hook that enables pruning on the fly and the reparametrization of a tensor in terms of the original tensor and the pruning mask.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

apply_mask(module)

Simply handles the multiplication between the parameter being pruned and the generated mask. Fetches the mask and the original tensor from the module and returns the pruned version of the tensor.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

Returns

pruned version of the input tensor

Return type

pruned_tensor (torch.Tensor)

prune(t, default_mask=None)

Computes and returns a pruned version of input tensor t according to the pruning rule specified in compute_mask().

Parameters
  • t (torch.Tensor) – tensor to prune (of same dimensions as default_mask).

  • default_mask (torch.Tensor, optional) – mask from previous pruning iteration, if any. To be considered when determining what portion of the tensor that pruning should act on. If None, default to a mask of ones.

Returns

pruned version of tensor t.

remove(module)

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

identity

torch.nn.utils.prune.identity(module, name)[source]

Applies pruning reparametrization to the tensor corresponding to the parameter called name in module without actually pruning any units. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Note

The mask is a tensor of ones.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune.

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.identity(nn.Linear(2, 3), 'bias')
>>> print(m.bias_mask)
tensor([1., 1., 1.])

random_unstructured

torch.nn.utils.prune.random_unstructured(module, name, amount)[source]

Prunes tensor corresponding to parameter called name in module by removing the specified amount of (currently unpruned) units selected at random. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.random_unstructured(nn.Linear(2, 3), 'weight', amount=1)
>>> torch.sum(m.weight_mask == 0)
tensor(1)

l1_unstructured

torch.nn.utils.prune.l1_unstructured(module, name, amount)[source]

Prunes tensor corresponding to parameter called name in module by removing the specified amount of (currently unpruned) units with the lowest L1-norm. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.l1_unstructured(nn.Linear(2, 3), 'weight', amount=0.2)
>>> m.state_dict().keys()
odict_keys(['bias', 'weight_orig', 'weight_mask'])

random_structured

torch.nn.utils.prune.random_structured(module, name, amount, dim)[source]

Prunes tensor corresponding to parameter called name in module by removing the specified amount of (currently unpruned) channels along the specified dim selected at random. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • dim (int) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.random_structured(
        nn.Linear(5, 3), 'weight', amount=3, dim=1
    )
>>> columns_pruned = int(sum(torch.sum(m.weight, dim=0) == 0))
>>> print(columns_pruned)
3

ln_structured

torch.nn.utils.prune.ln_structured(module, name, amount, n, dim)[source]

Prunes tensor corresponding to parameter called name in module by removing the specified amount of (currently unpruned) channels along the specified dim with the lowest L``n``-norm. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • amount (int or float) – quantity of parameters to prune. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

  • n (int, float, inf, -inf, 'fro', 'nuc') – See documentation of valid entries for argument p in torch.norm().

  • dim (int) – index of the dim along which we define channels to prune.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.ln_structured(
       nn.Conv2d(5, 3, 2), 'weight', amount=0.3, dim=1, n=float('-inf')
    )

global_unstructured

torch.nn.utils.prune.global_unstructured(parameters, pruning_method, **kwargs)[source]

Globally prunes tensors corresponding to all parameters in parameters by applying the specified pruning_method. Modifies modules in place by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • parameters (Iterable of (module, name) tuples) – parameters of the model to prune in a global fashion, i.e. by aggregating all weights prior to deciding which ones to prune. module must be of type nn.Module, and name must be a string.

  • pruning_method (function) – a valid pruning function from this module, or a custom one implemented by the user that satisfies the implementation guidelines and has PRUNING_TYPE='unstructured'.

  • kwargs – other keyword arguments such as: amount (int or float): quantity of parameters to prune across the specified parameters. If float, should be between 0.0 and 1.0 and represent the fraction of parameters to prune. If int, it represents the absolute number of parameters to prune.

Raises

TypeError – if PRUNING_TYPE != 'unstructured'

Note

Since global structured pruning doesn’t make much sense unless the norm is normalized by the size of the parameter, we now limit the scope of global pruning to unstructured methods.

Examples

>>> net = nn.Sequential(OrderedDict([
        ('first', nn.Linear(10, 4)),
        ('second', nn.Linear(4, 1)),
    ]))
>>> parameters_to_prune = (
        (net.first, 'weight'),
        (net.second, 'weight'),
    )
>>> prune.global_unstructured(
        parameters_to_prune,
        pruning_method=prune.L1Unstructured,
        amount=10,
    )
>>> print(sum(torch.nn.utils.parameters_to_vector(net.buffers()) == 0))
tensor(10, dtype=torch.uint8)

custom_from_mask

torch.nn.utils.prune.custom_from_mask(module, name, mask)[source]

Prunes tensor corresponding to parameter called name in module by applying the pre-computed mask in mask. Modifies module in place (and also return the modified module) by: 1) adding a named buffer called name+'_mask' corresponding to the binary mask applied to the parameter name by the pruning method. 2) replacing the parameter name by its pruned version, while the original (unpruned) parameter is stored in a new parameter named name+'_orig'.

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

  • mask (Tensor) – binary mask to be applied to the parameter.

Returns

modified (i.e. pruned) version of the input module

Return type

module (nn.Module)

Examples

>>> m = prune.custom_from_mask(
        nn.Linear(5, 3), name='bias', mask=torch.Tensor([0, 1, 0])
    )
>>> print(m.bias_mask)
tensor([0., 1., 0.])

remove

torch.nn.utils.prune.remove(module, name)[source]

Removes the pruning reparameterization from a module and the pruning method from the forward hook. The pruned parameter named name remains permanently pruned, and the parameter named name+'_orig' is removed from the parameter list. Similarly, the buffer named name+'_mask' is removed from the buffers.

Note

Pruning itself is NOT undone or reversed!

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – module containing the tensor to prune

  • name (str) – parameter name within module on which pruning will act.

Examples

>>> m = random_unstructured(nn.Linear(5, 7), name='weight', amount=0.2)
>>> m = remove(m, name='weight')

is_pruned

torch.nn.utils.prune.is_pruned(module)[source]

Check whether module is pruned by looking for forward_pre_hooks in its modules that inherit from the BasePruningMethod.

Parameters

module (nn.Module) – object that is either pruned or unpruned

Returns

binary answer to whether module is pruned.

Examples

>>> m = nn.Linear(5, 7)
>>> print(prune.is_pruned(m))
False
>>> prune.random_unstructured(m, name='weight', amount=0.2)
>>> print(prune.is_pruned(m))
True

weight_norm

torch.nn.utils.weight_norm(module, name='weight', dim=0)[source]

Applies weight normalization to a parameter in the given module.

w=gvv\mathbf{w} = g \dfrac{\mathbf{v}}{\|\mathbf{v}\|}

Weight normalization is a reparameterization that decouples the magnitude of a weight tensor from its direction. This replaces the parameter specified by name (e.g. 'weight') with two parameters: one specifying the magnitude (e.g. 'weight_g') and one specifying the direction (e.g. 'weight_v'). Weight normalization is implemented via a hook that recomputes the weight tensor from the magnitude and direction before every forward() call.

By default, with dim=0, the norm is computed independently per output channel/plane. To compute a norm over the entire weight tensor, use dim=None.

See https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.07868

Parameters
  • module (Module) – containing module

  • name (str, optional) – name of weight parameter

  • dim (int, optional) – dimension over which to compute the norm

Returns

The original module with the weight norm hook

Example:

>>> m = weight_norm(nn.Linear(20, 40), name='weight')
>>> m
Linear(in_features=20, out_features=40, bias=True)
>>> m.weight_g.size()
torch.Size([40, 1])
>>> m.weight_v.size()
torch.Size([40, 20])

remove_weight_norm

torch.nn.utils.remove_weight_norm(module, name='weight')[source]

Removes the weight normalization reparameterization from a module.

Parameters
  • module (Module) – containing module

  • name (str, optional) – name of weight parameter

Example

>>> m = weight_norm(nn.Linear(20, 40))
>>> remove_weight_norm(m)

spectral_norm

torch.nn.utils.spectral_norm(module, name='weight', n_power_iterations=1, eps=1e-12, dim=None)[source]

Applies spectral normalization to a parameter in the given module.

WSN=Wσ(W),σ(W)=maxh:h0Wh2h2\mathbf{W}_{SN} = \dfrac{\mathbf{W}}{\sigma(\mathbf{W})}, \sigma(\mathbf{W}) = \max_{\mathbf{h}: \mathbf{h} \ne 0} \dfrac{\|\mathbf{W} \mathbf{h}\|_2}{\|\mathbf{h}\|_2}

Spectral normalization stabilizes the training of discriminators (critics) in Generative Adversarial Networks (GANs) by rescaling the weight tensor with spectral norm σ\sigma of the weight matrix calculated using power iteration method. If the dimension of the weight tensor is greater than 2, it is reshaped to 2D in power iteration method to get spectral norm. This is implemented via a hook that calculates spectral norm and rescales weight before every forward() call.

See Spectral Normalization for Generative Adversarial Networks .

Parameters
  • module (nn.Module) – containing module

  • name (str, optional) – name of weight parameter

  • n_power_iterations (int, optional) – number of power iterations to calculate spectral norm

  • eps (float, optional) – epsilon for numerical stability in calculating norms

  • dim (int, optional) – dimension corresponding to number of outputs, the default is 0, except for modules that are instances of ConvTranspose{1,2,3}d, when it is 1

Returns

The original module with the spectral norm hook

Example:

>>> m = spectral_norm(nn.Linear(20, 40))
>>> m
Linear(in_features=20, out_features=40, bias=True)
>>> m.weight_u.size()
torch.Size([40])

remove_spectral_norm

torch.nn.utils.remove_spectral_norm(module, name='weight')[source]

Removes the spectral normalization reparameterization from a module.

Parameters
  • module (Module) – containing module

  • name (str, optional) – name of weight parameter

Example

>>> m = spectral_norm(nn.Linear(40, 10))
>>> remove_spectral_norm(m)

PackedSequence

torch.nn.utils.rnn.PackedSequence(data, batch_sizes=None, sorted_indices=None, unsorted_indices=None)[source]

Holds the data and list of batch_sizes of a packed sequence.

All RNN modules accept packed sequences as inputs.

Note

Instances of this class should never be created manually. They are meant to be instantiated by functions like pack_padded_sequence().

Batch sizes represent the number elements at each sequence step in the batch, not the varying sequence lengths passed to pack_padded_sequence(). For instance, given data abc and x the PackedSequence would contain data axbc with batch_sizes=[2,1,1].

Variables
  • ~PackedSequence.data (Tensor) – Tensor containing packed sequence

  • ~PackedSequence.batch_sizes (Tensor) – Tensor of integers holding information about the batch size at each sequence step

  • ~PackedSequence.sorted_indices (Tensor, optional) – Tensor of integers holding how this PackedSequence is constructed from sequences.

  • ~PackedSequence.unsorted_indices (Tensor, optional) – Tensor of integers holding how this to recover the original sequences with correct order.

Note

data can be on arbitrary device and of arbitrary dtype. sorted_indices and unsorted_indices must be torch.int64 tensors on the same device as data.

However, batch_sizes should always be a CPU torch.int64 tensor.

This invariant is maintained throughout PackedSequence class, and all functions that construct a :class:PackedSequence in PyTorch (i.e., they only pass in tensors conforming to this constraint).

pack_padded_sequence

torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_padded_sequence(input, lengths, batch_first=False, enforce_sorted=True)[source]

Packs a Tensor containing padded sequences of variable length.

input can be of size T x B x * where T is the length of the longest sequence (equal to lengths[0]), B is the batch size, and * is any number of dimensions (including 0). If batch_first is True, B x T x * input is expected.

For unsorted sequences, use enforce_sorted = False. If enforce_sorted is True, the sequences should be sorted by length in a decreasing order, i.e. input[:,0] should be the longest sequence, and input[:,B-1] the shortest one. enforce_sorted = True is only necessary for ONNX export.

Note

This function accepts any input that has at least two dimensions. You can apply it to pack the labels, and use the output of the RNN with them to compute the loss directly. A Tensor can be retrieved from a PackedSequence object by accessing its .data attribute.

Parameters
  • input (Tensor) – padded batch of variable length sequences.

  • lengths (Tensor) – list of sequences lengths of each batch element.

  • batch_first (bool, optional) – if True, the input is expected in B x T x * format.

  • enforce_sorted (bool, optional) – if True, the input is expected to contain sequences sorted by length in a decreasing order. If False, the input will get sorted unconditionally. Default: True.

Returns

a PackedSequence object

pad_packed_sequence

torch.nn.utils.rnn.pad_packed_sequence(sequence, batch_first=False, padding_value=0.0, total_length=None)[source]

Pads a packed batch of variable length sequences.

It is an inverse operation to pack_padded_sequence().

The returned Tensor’s data will be of size T x B x *, where T is the length of the longest sequence and B is the batch size. If batch_first is True, the data will be transposed into B x T x * format.

Example

>>> from torch.nn.utils.rnn import pack_padded_sequence, pad_packed_sequence
>>> seq = torch.tensor([[1,2,0], [3,0,0], [4,5,6]])
>>> lens = [2, 1, 3]
>>> packed = pack_padded_sequence(seq, lens, batch_first=True, enforce_sorted=False)
>>> packed
PackedSequence(data=tensor([4, 1, 3, 5, 2, 6]), batch_sizes=tensor([3, 2, 1]),
               sorted_indices=tensor([2, 0, 1]), unsorted_indices=tensor([1, 2, 0]))
>>> seq_unpacked, lens_unpacked = pad_packed_sequence(packed, batch_first=True)
>>> seq_unpacked
tensor([[1, 2, 0],
        [3, 0, 0],
        [4, 5, 6]])
>>> lens_unpacked
tensor([2, 1, 3])

Note

total_length is useful to implement the pack sequence -> recurrent network -> unpack sequence pattern in a Module wrapped in DataParallel. See this FAQ section for details.

Parameters
  • sequence (PackedSequence) – batch to pad

  • batch_first (bool, optional) – if True, the output will be in B x T x * format.

  • padding_value (float, optional) – values for padded elements.

  • total_length (int, optional) – if not None, the output will be padded to have length total_length. This method will throw ValueError if total_length is less than the max sequence length in sequence.

Returns

Tuple of Tensor containing the padded sequence, and a Tensor containing the list of lengths of each sequence in the batch. Batch elements will be re-ordered as they were ordered originally when the batch was passed to pack_padded_sequence or pack_sequence.

pad_sequence

torch.nn.utils.rnn.pad_sequence(sequences, batch_first=False, padding_value=0)[source]

Pad a list of variable length Tensors with padding_value

pad_sequence stacks a list of Tensors along a new dimension, and pads them to equal length. For example, if the input is list of sequences with size L x * and if batch_first is False, and T x B x * otherwise.

B is batch size. It is equal to the number of elements in sequences. T is length of the longest sequence. L is length of the sequence. * is any number of trailing dimensions, including none.

Example

>>> from torch.nn.utils.rnn import pad_sequence
>>> a = torch.ones(25, 300)
>>> b = torch.ones(22, 300)
>>> c = torch.ones(15, 300)
>>> pad_sequence([a, b, c]).size()
torch.Size([25, 3, 300])

Note

This function returns a Tensor of size T x B x * or B x T x * where T is the length of the longest sequence. This function assumes trailing dimensions and type of all the Tensors in sequences are same.

Parameters
  • sequences (list[Tensor]) – list of variable length sequences.

  • batch_first (bool, optional) – output will be in B x T x * if True, or in T x B x * otherwise

  • padding_value (float, optional) – value for padded elements. Default: 0.

Returns

Tensor of size T x B x * if batch_first is False. Tensor of size B x T x * otherwise

pack_sequence

torch.nn.utils.rnn.pack_sequence(sequences, enforce_sorted=True)[source]

Packs a list of variable length Tensors

sequences should be a list of Tensors of size L x *, where L is the length of a sequence and * is any number of trailing dimensions, including zero.

For unsorted sequences, use enforce_sorted = False. If enforce_sorted is True, the sequences should be sorted in the order of decreasing length. enforce_sorted = True is only necessary for ONNX export.

Example

>>> from torch.nn.utils.rnn import pack_sequence
>>> a = torch.tensor([1,2,3])
>>> b = torch.tensor([4,5])
>>> c = torch.tensor([6])
>>> pack_sequence([a, b, c])
PackedSequence(data=tensor([ 1,  4,  6,  2,  5,  3]), batch_sizes=tensor([ 3,  2,  1]))
Parameters
  • sequences (list[Tensor]) – A list of sequences of decreasing length.

  • enforce_sorted (bool, optional) – if True, checks that the input contains sequences sorted by length in a decreasing order. If False, this condition is not checked. Default: True.

Returns

a PackedSequence object

Flatten

class torch.nn.Flatten(start_dim=1, end_dim=-1)[source]

Flattens a contiguous range of dims into a tensor. For use with Sequential. :param start_dim: first dim to flatten (default = 1). :param end_dim: last dim to flatten (default = -1).

Shape:
  • Input: (N,dims)(N, *dims)

  • Output: (N,dims)(N, \prod *dims) (for the default case).

Examples::
>>> m = nn.Sequential(
>>>     nn.Conv2d(1, 32, 5, 1, 1),
>>>     nn.Flatten()
>>> )

Quantized Functions

Quantization refers to techniques for performing computations and storing tensors at lower bitwidths than floating point precision. PyTorch supports both per tensor and per channel asymmetric linear quantization. To learn more how to use quantized functions in PyTorch, please refer to the Quantization documentation.

Docs

Access comprehensive developer documentation for PyTorch

View Docs

Tutorials

Get in-depth tutorials for beginners and advanced developers

View Tutorials

Resources

Find development resources and get your questions answered

View Resources